<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE ONIXMessage SYSTEM "http://www.editeur.org/onix/2.1/02/reference/onix-international.dtd">
<ONIXMessage>
<Header>
<FromCompany>Cambridge University Press Australia</FromCompany>
<FromPerson>Cambridge Datashop (datashop@cambridge.org)</FromPerson>
<SentDate>20100603</SentDate>
<MessageNote>This data is Copyright to Cambridge University Press. Cambridge University Press makes no guarantee of the accuracy or the timeliness of production. It is supplied for your exclusive use as our customer and only for the purpose of facilitating the ordering of these books (authorised purpose). While it may be copied once for the authorised purpose, written permission from Cambridge University Press must be obtained for any other use. If you were not an intended recipient, you must notify the sender and delete all copies.</MessageNote>
</Header>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521162998</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521162999</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521162999</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Artist and the Scientists</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Reconstructing Prehistory</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521162999</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vickers-Rich, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rich, Thomas H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Trusler, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Artist and the Scientists: Bringing Prehistory to Life presents the extraordinary lives and works of eminent paleontologists Patricia Vickers-Rich and Tom Rich, and Peter Trusler, one of the finest artists of scientific realism Australia has produced.  Over more than thirty years Patricia, Tom and Peter have travelled across Eastern Europe, Asia, the Americas, Africa Australia and New Zealand in search of the remains of early life, including fish, dinosaurs, birds and mammals. Their successful expeditions, and the many publications and exquisite artworks that have ensued, are a testament to their scientific methodology, thirst for knowledge and eye for detail. The book follows the development of selected works of art  covering the last 600 million years of the geological record. Told from the viewpoints of both scientist and artist, the reader is given a unique insight to the process of preserving and recording the evolution of prehistoric life.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/62999/cover/9780521162999.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100910</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521756561</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521756563</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521756563</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Bioethics in Perspective</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Public Health, Corporate Power and the Political Economy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521756563</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mann, Scott</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In Bioethics in Perspective Scott Mann demonstrates the importance of issues of corporate power, global inequality and sustainability in shaping health outcomes around the world. The text develops a comprehensive ethical and practical critique of the neoliberal economic ideas which have guided policy in the English-speaking world. It explores the consequences of such policies for health and healthcare around the world, in terms of increasing health inequalities, serious food and water shortages, inadequate health care provision and the marketing of dangerous and unnecessary drugs. With clear proposals for political and economic reform to effectively address these problems, Bioethics in Perspective provides an important counterbalance to much conventional commentary on bioethics. It takes readers with little or no prior knowledge of ethics, economics or medicine quickly and easily into advanced debates and discussions about the causes and consequences of health and illness around the world.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/56563/cover/9780521756563.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100915</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521122015</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521122016</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521122016</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Who Governs the Globe?</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521122016</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Avant, Deborah D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Finnemore, Martha</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sell, Susan K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Academics and policymakers frequently discuss global governance but they treat governance as a structure or process, rarely considering who actually does the governing. This volume focuses on the agents of global governance: ‘global governors’. The global policy arena is filled with a wide variety of actors such as international organizations, corporations, professional associations, and advocacy groups, all seeking to ‘govern’ activity surrounding their issues of concern. Who Governs the Globe? lays out a theoretical framework for understanding and investigating governors in world politics. It then applies this framework to various governors and policy arenas, including arms control, human rights, economic development, and global education. Edited by three of the world’s leading international relations scholars, this is an important contribution that will be useful for courses, as well as for researchers in international studies and international organizations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/22016/cover/9780521122016.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521198917</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198912</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198912</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Who Governs the Globe?</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521198912</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Avant, Deborah D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Finnemore, Martha</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sell, Susan K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Academics and policymakers frequently discuss global governance but they treat governance as a structure or process, rarely considering who actually does the governing. This volume focuses on the agents of global governance: ‘global governors’. The global policy arena is filled with a wide variety of actors such as international organizations, corporations, professional associations, and advocacy groups, all seeking to ‘govern’ activity surrounding their issues of concern. Who Governs the Globe? lays out a theoretical framework for understanding and investigating governors in world politics. It then applies this framework to various governors and policy arenas, including arms control, human rights, economic development, and global education. Edited by three of the world’s leading international relations scholars, this is an important contribution that will be useful for courses, as well as for researchers in international studies and international organizations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/98912/cover/9780521198912.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052185783X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521857833</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521857833</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Making the Market</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Victorian Origins of Corporate Capitalism</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521857833</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Paul</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Corporate capitalism was invented in nineteenth-century Britain; most of the market institutions that we take for granted today – limited companies, shares, stock markets, accountants, financial newspapers – were Victorian creations. So were the moral codes, the behavioural assumptions, the rules of thumb and the unspoken agreements that made this market structure work. This innovative study provides the first integrated analysis of the origin of these formative capitalist institutions, and reveals why they were conceived and how they were constructed. It explores the moral, economic and legal assumptions that supported this formal institutional structure, and which continue to shape the corporate economy of today. Tracing the institutional growth of the corporate economy in Victorian Britain and demonstrating that many of the perceived problems of modern capitalism – financial fraud, reckless speculation, excessive remuneration – have clear historical precedents, this is a major contribution to the economic history of modern Britain.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/57833/cover/9780521857833.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100304</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052111148X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111485</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111485</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Investing in Dynamic Markets</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Venture Capital in the Digital Age</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111485</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kressel, Henry</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lento, Thomas V.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Without venture capital, many of the companies whose technical innovations sparked the digital revolution would not exist. Venture investments funded these firms to develop their bright ideas into commercial products that created new business models and established whole new markets. In Profiting from Innovation, Henry Kressel, a partner at multi-billion-dollar global investing company Warburg Pincus, takes you behind the scenes of the private equity process. He draws on his extensive experience to show how venture capital works, why venture capitalists fund certain companies and not others, and what factors influence the success or failure of their high-risk, high-reward investments. He also discusses venture capital’s future, now that the commercialization of technology requires larger investments and global market access. Written in clear, non-technical language, the book features informative case studies of venture capital funding in a wide range of industries, including telecommunications, software and services, semiconductors, and the internet.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11485/cover/9780521111485.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521728126</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728126</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728126</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Principles of Cybercrime</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521728126</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Clough, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>We live in a digital age. The proliferation of digital technology, and the convergence of computing and communication devices, has transformed the way in which we socialise and do business. While overwhelmingly positive, there has also been a dark side to these developments. Proving the maxim that crime follows opportunity, virtually every advance has been accompanied by a corresponding niche to be exploited for criminal purposes; so-called ‘cybercrimes’. Whether it be fraud, child pornography, stalking, criminal copyright infringement or attacks on computers themselves, criminals will find ways to exploit new technology. The challenge for all countries is to ensure their criminal laws keep pace. The challenge is a global one, and much can be learned from the experience of other jurisdictions. Focusing on Australia, Canada, the UK and the US, this book provides a comprehensive analysis of the legal principles that apply to the prosecution of cybercrimes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/28126/cover/9780521728126.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521899257</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521899253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521899253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Principles of Cybercrime</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521899253</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Clough, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>We live in a digital age. The proliferation of digital technology, and the convergence of computing and communication devices, has transformed the way in which we socialise and do business. While overwhelmingly positive, there has also been a dark side to these developments. Proving the maxim that crime follows opportunity, virtually every advance has been accompanied by a corresponding niche to be exploited for criminal purposes; so-called ‘cybercrimes’. Whether it be fraud, child pornography, stalking, criminal copyright infringement or attacks on computers themselves, criminals will find ways to exploit new technology. The challenge for all countries is to ensure their criminal laws keep pace. The challenge is a global one, and much can be learned from the experience of other jurisdictions. Focusing on Australia, Canada, the UK and the US, this book provides a comprehensive analysis of the legal principles that apply to the prosecution of cybercrimes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/99253/cover/9780521899253.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521145643</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145640</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145640</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Corruption, Inequality, and the Rule of Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Bulging Pocket Makes the Easy Life</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145640</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Uslaner, Eric M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Corruption flouts rules of fairness and gives some people advantages that others don’t have. Corruption is persistent; there is little evidence that countries can escape the curse of corruption easily - or at all. Instead of focusing on institutional reform, Eric M. Uslaner suggests that the roots of corruption lie in economic and legal inequality, low levels of generalized trust (which are not readily changed), and poor policy choices (which may be more likely to change). Economic inequality provides a fertile breeding ground for corruption, which, in turn, leads to further inequalities. Just as corruption is persistent, inequality and trust do not change much over time, according to Uslaner’s cross-national aggregate analyses. He argues that high inequality leads to low trust and high corruption, and then to more inequality - an inequality trap - and identifies direct linkages between inequality and trust in surveys of the mass public and elites in transition countries.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45640/cover/9780521145640.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100609</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521874890</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521874892</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521874892</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Corruption, Inequality, and the Rule of Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Bulging Pocket Makes the Easy Life</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521874892</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Uslaner, Eric M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Corruption flouts rules of fairness and gives some people advantages that others don’t have. Corruption is persistent; there is little evidence that countries can escape the curse of corruption easily - or at all. Instead of focusing on institutional reform, Eric M. Uslaner suggests that the roots of corruption lie in economic and legal inequality, low levels of generalized trust (which are not readily changed), and poor policy choices (which may be more likely to change). Economic inequality provides a fertile breeding ground for corruption, which, in turn, leads to further inequalities. Just as corruption is persistent, inequality and trust do not change much over time, according to Uslaner’s cross-national aggregate analyses. He argues that high inequality leads to low trust and high corruption, and then to more inequality - an inequality trap - and identifies direct linkages between inequality and trust in surveys of the mass public and elites in transition countries.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/74892/cover/9780521874892.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20080602</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521132908</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521132909</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521132909</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Understanding the British Empire</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521132909</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hyam, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Understanding the British Empire draws on a lifetime’s research and reflection on the history of the British Empire by one of the senior figures in the field. Essays cover six key themes: the geopolitical and economic dynamics of empire, religion and ethics, imperial bureaucracy, the contribution of political leaders, the significance of sexuality, and the shaping of imperial historiography. A major new introductory chapter draws together the wider framework of Dr Hyam’s studies and several new chapters focus on lesser known figures. Other chapters are revised versions of earlier papers, reflecting some of the debates and controversies raised by the author’s work, including the issue of sexual exploitation, the European intrusion into Africa, including the African response to missionaries, trusteeship, and Winston Churchill’s imperial attitudes. Combining traditional archival research with newer forms of cultural exploration, this is an unusually wide-ranging approach to key aspects of empire.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/32909/cover/9780521132909.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100730</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521115221</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521115223</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521115223</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Understanding the British Empire</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115223</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hyam, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Understanding the British Empire draws on a lifetime’s research and reflection on the history of the British Empire by one of the senior figures in the field. Essays cover six key themes: the geopolitical and economic dynamics of empire, religion and ethics, imperial bureaucracy, the contribution of political leaders, the significance of sexuality, and the shaping of imperial historiography. A major new introductory chapter draws together the wider framework of Dr Hyam’s studies and several new chapters focus on lesser known figures. Other chapters are revised versions of earlier papers, reflecting some of the debates and controversies raised by the author’s work, including the issue of sexual exploitation, the European intrusion into Africa, including the African response to missionaries, trusteeship, and Winston Churchill’s imperial attitudes. Combining traditional archival research with newer forms of cultural exploration, this is an unusually wide-ranging approach to key aspects of empire.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15223/cover/9780521115223.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521130514</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130516</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130516</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Literary History of Women's Writing in Britain, 1660–1789</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521130516</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Staves, Susan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>550</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Drawing on three decades of feminist scholarship bent on rediscovering lost and abandoned women writers, Susan Staves provides a comprehensive history of women's writing in Britain from the Restoration to the French Revolution. This major work of criticism also offers fresh insights about women's writing in all literary forms, not only fiction, but also poetry, drama, memoir, autobiography, biography, history, essay, translation and the familiar letter. Authors celebrated in their own time and who have been neglected, and those who have been revalued and studied, are given equal attention. The book's organisation by chronology and its attention to history challenge the way we periodise literary history. Each chapter includes a list of key works written in the period covered, as well as a narrative and critical assessment of the works. This magisterial work includes a comprehensive bibliography and list of prevalent editions of the authors discussed.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/30516/cover/9780521130516.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100311</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521730732</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521730730</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521730730</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Bede</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521730730</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>DeGregorio, Scott</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>As the major writer and thinker of the Anglo-Saxon period, the Venerable Bede is a key figure in the study of the literature and thought of this time. This Companion, written by an international team of specialists, is a key introductory guide to Bede, his writings, and his world. The first part of the volume focuses on Bede's cultural and intellectual milieu, covering his life, the secular-political contexts of his day, the foundations of the Latin learning he inherited and sought to perpetuate, the ecclesiastical and monastic setting of early Northumbria, and the foundation of his home institution, Wearmouth-Jarrow. The book then considers Bede's writing in detail, treating his educational, exegetical and historical works. Concluding with a detailed assessment of Bede's influence and reception from the time of his death up to the modern age, the Companion enables the reader to view Bede's writings within a wider cultural context.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/30730/cover/9780521730730.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521514959</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521514958</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521514958</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Bede</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514958</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>DeGregorio, Scott</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>As the major writer and thinker of the Anglo-Saxon period, the Venerable Bede is a key figure in the study of the literature and thought of this time. This Companion, written by an international team of specialists, is a key introductory guide to Bede, his writings, and his world. The first part of the volume focuses on Bede's cultural and intellectual milieu, covering his life, the secular-political contexts of his day, the foundations of the Latin learning he inherited and sought to perpetuate, the ecclesiastical and monastic setting of early Northumbria, and the foundation of his home institution, Wearmouth-Jarrow. The book then considers Bede's writing in detail, treating his educational, exegetical and historical works. Concluding with a detailed assessment of Bede's influence and reception from the time of his death up to the modern age, the Companion enables the reader to view Bede's writings within a wider cultural context.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14958/cover/9780521514958.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052153688X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521536882</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521536882</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Muslims in Britain</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536882</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gilliat-Ray, Sophie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Archaeological evidence shows there was contact between Muslims and the British Isles from the 8th century. Beginning with these historical roots, Sophie Gilliat-Ray traces the major points of encounter between Muslims and the British in subsequent centuries, and explores Muslim migration to Britain in recent times. Drawing upon sociology, anthropology, politics, and geography, this comprehensive survey provides an informed understanding of the daily lives of British Muslims. It portrays the dynamic of institutions such as families, mosques and religious leadership, and analyses their social and political significance in today's Britain. Through the study of the historical origins of major Islamic reform movements, it draws attention to the religious diversity within different Muslim communities, and sheds fresh light on contemporary issues such as the nature of religious authority and representation. It also considers British Muslim civic engagement and cultural life, particularly the work of journalists, artists, sports personalities, and business entrepreneurs.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36882/cover/9780521536882.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521830060</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521830065</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521830065</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Muslims in Britain</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521830065</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gilliat-Ray, Sophie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Archaeological evidence shows there was contact between Muslims and the British Isles from the 8th century. Beginning with these historical roots, Sophie Gilliat-Ray traces the major points of encounter between Muslims and the British in subsequent centuries, and explores Muslim migration to Britain in recent times. Drawing upon sociology, anthropology, politics, and geography, this comprehensive survey provides an informed understanding of the daily lives of British Muslims. It portrays the dynamic of institutions such as families, mosques and religious leadership, and analyses their social and political significance in today's Britain. Through the study of the historical origins of major Islamic reform movements, it draws attention to the religious diversity within different Muslim communities, and sheds fresh light on contemporary issues such as the nature of religious authority and representation. It also considers British Muslim civic engagement and cultural life, particularly the work of journalists, artists, sports personalities, and business entrepreneurs.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/30065/cover/9780521830065.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521516315</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516310</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516310</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Colonial Voices</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Cultural History of English in Australia, 1840–1940</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516310</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Damousi, Joy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Colonial Voices explores the role of language in the greater ‘civilising’ project of the British Empire through the dissemination and reception of, and challenge to, British English in Australia during the period from the 1840s to the 1940s. This was a period in which the art of oratory, eloquence and elocution was of great importance in the empire and Joy Damousi offers an innovative study of the relationship between language and empire. She shows the ways in which this relationship moved from dependency to independence and how, during that transition, definitions of the meaning and place of oratory, eloquence and elocution shifted. Her findings reveal the central role of voice and pronunciation in informing and defining both individual and collective identity, as well as wider cultural views of class, race, nation and gender. The result is a pioneering contribution to cultural history and the history of English within the British Empire.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16310/cover/9780521516310.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521694620</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521694629</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521694629</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>WW</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Sounds of German</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521694629</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Russ, Charles V. J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>How are the sounds of German produced? How do German speakers stress their words? How have the sounds of German developed over time? This book provides a clear introduction to the sounds of German, designed particularly for English-speaking students of the language. Topics covered include the role of the organs of speech, the state of the vocal cords and the differences between vowels and consonants. The articulation, distribution, spelling and the major variants of each sound are examined in detail. The book also discusses the regional differences between dialects and between the national standard varieties in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. Students are encouraged to put theory into practice with end of chapter questions. Setting a solid foundation in the description and analysis of German sounds, The Sounds of German will help students improve their pronunciation of the language by introducing them to the basics of its sound system.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/94629/cover/9780521694629.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521152259</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521152259</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521152259</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Law and the Borders of Belonging in the Long Nineteenth Century United States</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521152259</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Welke, Barbara Young</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>For more than a generation, historians and legal scholars have documented inequalities at the heart of American law and daily life and exposed inconsistencies in the generic category of ‘American citizenship’. Welke draws on that wealth of historical, legal, and theoretical scholarship to offer a new paradigm of liberal selfhood and citizenship from the founding of the United States through the 1920s. Law and the Borders of Belonging in the Long Nineteenth Century United States questions understanding this period through a progressive narrative of expanding rights, revealing that it was characterized instead by a sustained commitment to borders of belonging of liberal selfhood, citizenship, and nation in which able white men’s privilege depended on the subject status of disabled persons, racialized others, and women. Welke’s conclusions pose challenging questions about the modern liberal democratic state that extend well beyond the temporal and geographic boundaries of the long-nineteenth-century United States.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/52259/cover/9780521152259.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100308</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521145287</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145282</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145282</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Law's Imagined Republic</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Popular Politics and Criminal Justice in Revolutionary America</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145282</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wilf, Steven</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Law’s Imagined Republic shows how the American Revolution was marked by the rapid proliferation of law talk across the colonies. This legal language was both elite and popular, spanned different forms of expression from words to rituals, and included simultaneously real and imagined law. Since it was employed to mobilize resistance against England, the proliferation of revolutionary legal language became intimately intertwined with politics. Drawing on a wealth of material from criminal cases, Steven Wilf reconstructs the intertextual ways Americans from the 1760s through the 1790s read law: reading one case against another and often self-consciously comparing transatlantic legal systems as they thought about how they might construct their own legal system in a new republic. What transformed extraordinary tales of crime into a political forum? How did different ways of reading or speaking about law shape our legal origins? And, ultimately, how might excavating innovative approaches to law in this formative period, which were constructed in the street as well as in the courtroom, alter our usual understanding of contemporary American legal institutions? Law’s Imagined Republic tells the story of the untidy beginnings of American law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45282/cover/9780521145282.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521747686</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747684</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747684</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>To Measure the Sky</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction to Observational Astronomy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521747684</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Chromey, Frederick R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>With a lively yet rigorous and quantitative approach, Frederick R. Chromey introduces the fundamental topics in optical observational astronomy for undergraduates. Focussing on the basic principles of light detection, telescope optics, coordinate systems and data analysis, students are introduced to modern astronomical observation techniques and measurements. Cutting-edge technologies such as advanced CCD detectors and adaptive optics are presented through the physical principles on which they are based, helping students understand the power of modern space and ground-based telescopes, and the motivations and limitations of future development. Discussion of statistics and measurement uncertainty enables students to confront the important questions of data quality. With a purposeful structure and clear approach, this is an essential resource for all students of observational astronomy. It explains the theoretical foundations for observational practices and reviews essential physics to support students’ mastery of the subject. Student understanding is strengthened through over 120 exercises and problems.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/47684/cover/9780521747684.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521113016</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113014</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113014</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Dark Matter Problem</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Historical Perspective</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113014</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sanders, Robert H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Most astronomers and physicists now believe that the matter content of the Universe is dominated by dark matter: hypothetical particles which interact with normal matter primarily through the force of gravity. Though invisible to current direct detection methods, dark matter can explain a variety of astronomical observations. This book describes how this theory has developed over the past 75 years, and why it is now a central feature of extragalactic astronomy and cosmology. Current attempts to directly detect dark matter locally are discussed, together with the implications for particle physics. The author comments on the sociology of these developments, demonstrating how and why scientists work and interact. Modified Newtonian Dynamics (MOND), the leading alternative to this theory, is also presented. This fascinating overview will interest cosmologists, astronomers and particle physicists. Mathematics is kept to a minimum, so the book can be understood by non-specialists.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13014/cover/9780521113014.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194350</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194358</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194358</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Purifying Empire</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Obscenity and the Politics of Moral Regulation in Britain, India and Australia</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194358</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Deana</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Purifying Empire explores the material, cultural and moral fragmentation of the boundaries of imperial and colonial rule in the British Empire in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. It charts how a particular bio-political project, namely the drive to regulate the obscene in late nineteenth-century Britain, was transformed from a national into a global and imperial venture and then re-localized in two different colonial contexts, India and Australia, to serve decidedly different ends. While a considerable body of work has demonstrated both the role of empire in shaping moral regulatory projects in Britain and their adaptation, transformation and, at times, rejection in colonial contexts, this book illustrates that it is in fact only through a comparative and transnational framework that it is possible to elucidate both the temporalist nature of colonialism and the political, racial and moral contradictions that sustained imperial and colonial regimes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94358/cover/9780521194358.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521887232</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521887236</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521887236</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Drug Design</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Structure- and Ligand-Based Approaches</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521887236</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Merz, Kenneth M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ringe, Dagmar</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Structure-based (SBDD) and ligand-based (LBDD) drug design are extremely important and active areas of research in both the academic and commercial realms. This book provides a complete snapshot of the field of computer-aided drug design and associated experimental approaches. Topics covered include X-ray crystallography, NMR, fragment-based drug design, free energy methods, docking and scoring, linear-scaling quantum calculations, QSAR, pharmacophore methods, computational ADME-Tox, and drug discovery case studies. A variety of authors from academic and commercial institutions all over the world have contributed to this book, which is illustrated with more than 200 images. This is the only book to cover the subject of structure and ligand-based drug design, and it provides the most up-to-date information on a wide range of topics for the practising computational chemist, medicinal chemist, or structural biologist. Professor Kenneth Merz has been selected as the recipient of the 2010 ACS Award for Computers in Chemical &amp; Pharmaceutical Research that recognizes the advances he has made in the use of quantum mechanics to solve biological and drug discovery problems.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/87236/cover/9780521887236.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>355.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521116384</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521116381</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521116381</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Neurobiology of Grooming Behavior</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521116381</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kalueff, Allan V.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>La Porte, Justin L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bergner, Carisa L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Grooming is among the most evolutionary ancient and highly represented behaviours in many animal species. It represents a significant proportion of an animal's total activity and between 30-50% of their waking hours. Recent research has demonstrated that grooming is regulated by specific brain circuits and is sensitive to stress, as well as to pharmacologic compounds and genetic manipulation, making it ideal for modelling affective disorders that arise as a function of stressful environments, such as stress and post-traumatic stress disorder. Over a series of 12 chapters that introduce and explicate the field of grooming research and its significance for the human and animal brain, this book covers the breadth of grooming animal models while simultaneously providing sufficient depth in introducing the concepts and translational approaches to grooming research. Written primarily for graduates and researchers within the neuroscientific community.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/16381/cover/9780521116381.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521768896</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768894</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768894</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521768894</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Secord, James A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>The Editors of the Darwin Correspondence Project</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>658</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This volume is part of the definitive edition of letters written by and to Charles Darwin, the most celebrated naturalist of the nineteenth century. It is already an important source for students and scholars in many academic disciplines. Notes and appendixes put these fascinating and wide-ranging letters in context, making the letters accessible to both scholars and general readers. Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. The letters are published chronologically: Volume 18 includes letters from 1870, as well as a supplement of more than a hundred recently discovered or redated letters from before 1870. During 1870 Darwin was making final preparations for publication of Descent of Man, as well as continuing his research on expression in humans and animals.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/68894/cover/9780521768894.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521143861</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143868</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143868</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Data-Handling in Biomedical Science</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521143868</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>White, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Packed with worked examples and problems, this book will help the reader improve their confidence and skill in data-handling. The mathematical methods needed for problem-solving are described in the first part of the book, with chapters covering topics such as indices, graphs and logarithms. The following eight chapters explore data-handling in different areas of microbiology and biochemistry including microbial growth, enzymes and radioactivity. Each chapter is fully illustrated with worked examples that provide a step-by-step guide to the solution of the most common problems. Over 30 exercises, ranging in difficulty and length, allow you to practise your skills and are accompanied by a full set of hints and solutions.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/43868/cover/9780521143868.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521739713</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521739719</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521739719</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Language in the Brain</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521739719</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schnelle, Helmut</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Linguistics, neurocognition, and phenomenological psychology are fundamentally different fields of research. Helmut Schnelle provides an interdisciplinary understanding of a new integrated field in which linguists can be competent in neurocognition and neuroscientists in structure linguistics. Consequently the first part of the book is a systematic introduction to the function of the form and meaning-organising brain component - with the essential core elements being perceptions, actions, attention, emotion and feeling. Their descriptions provide foundations for experiences based on semantics and pragmatics. The second part is addressed to non-linguists and presents the structural foundations of currently established linguistic frameworks. This book should be serious reading for anyone interested in a comprehensive understanding of language, in which evolution, functional organisation and hierarchies are explained by reference to brain architecture and dynamics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/39719/cover/9780521739719.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521721504</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521721509</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521721509</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Mismanagement of Marine Fisheries</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521721509</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Longhurst, Alan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KNAF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Longhurst examines the proposition, central to fisheries science, that a fishery creates its own natural resource by the compensatory growth it induces in the fish, and that this is sustainable. His novel analysis of the reproductive ecology of bony fish of cooler seas offers some support for this, but a review of fisheries past and present confirms that sustainability is rarely achieved. The relatively open structure and strong variability of marine ecosystems is discussed in relation to the reliability of resources used by the industrial-level fishing that became globalised during the 20th century. This was associated with an extraordinary lack of regulation in most seas, and a widespread avoidance of regulation where it did exist. Sustained fisheries can only be expected where social conditions permit strict regulation and where politicians have no personal interest in outcomes despite current enthusiasm for ecosystem-based approaches or for transferable property rights.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/21509/cover/9780521721509.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521728487</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728485</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728485</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Nerve Cells and Animal Behaviour</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521728485</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Simmons, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Young, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>An extensively revised third edition of this introduction to neuroethology – the neuronal basis of animal behaviour – for zoology, biology and psychology undergraduate students. The book focuses on the roles of individual nerve cells in behaviour, from simple startle responses to complex behaviours such as route learning by rats and singing by crickets and birds. It begins by examining the relationship between brains and behaviour, and showing how study of specialised behaviours reveals neuronal mechanisms that control behaviour. Information processing by nerve cells is introduced using specific examples, and the establishing roles of neurons in behaviour is described for a predator-prey interaction, toads versus cockroaches. New material includes: vision by insects, which describes sensory filtering; hunting by owls and bats, which describes sensory maps; and rhythmical movements including swimming and flying, which describes how sequences of movements are generated. Includes stunning photographs which capture the detail of the behaviour.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/28485/cover/9780521728485.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521516943</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516945</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516945</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Between Rome and Carthage</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Southern Italy during the Second Punic War</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516945</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fronda, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Hannibal invaded Italy with the hope of raising widespread rebellions among Rome's subordinate allies. Yet even after crushing the Roman army at Cannae, he was only partially successful. Why did some communities decide to side with Carthage and others to side with Rome? This is the fundamental question posed in this book, and consideration is given to the particular political, diplomatic, military and economic factors that influenced individual communities' decisions. Understanding their motivations reveals much, not just about the war itself, but also about Rome's relations with Italy during the prior two centuries of aggressive expansion. The book sheds new light on Roman imperialism in Italy, the nature of Roman hegemony, and the transformation of Roman Italy in the period leading up to the Social War. It is informed throughout by contemporary political science theory and archaeological evidence, and will be required reading for all historians of the Roman Republic.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16945/cover/9780521516945.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191262</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191265</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191265</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Delphi and Olympia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Spatial Politics of Panhellenism in the Archaic and Classical Periods</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191265</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Michael</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Most people think about the sanctuary of Delphi as the seat of the famous oracle and of Olympia as the site of the Olympic games. The oracle and the games, however, were but two of the many activities ongoing at both sites. This book investigates the physical remains of both sanctuaries to show how different visitors interacted with the sacred spaces of Delphi and Olympia in an important variety of ways during the archaic and classical periods. It highlights how this fluid usage impacted upon, and was itself affected by, the development of the sanctuary space and how such usage influenced the place and relationship of these two sites in the wider landscape. As a result, it argues for the re-evaluation of the roles of Delphi and Olympia in the Greek world and for a re-thinking of the usefulness of the term ‘panhellenism’ in Greek politics, religion and culture.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/91265/cover/9780521191265.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521843243</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521843249</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521843249</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Monochord in Ancient Greek Harmonic Science</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521843249</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Creese, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Among the many instruments devised by students of mathematical sciences in ancient Greece, the monochord provides one of the best opportunities to examine the methodologies of those who employed it in their investigations. Consisting of a single string which could be divided at measured points by means of movable bridges, it was used to demonstrate theorems about the arithmetical relationships between pitched sounds in music. This book traces the history of the monochord and its multiple uses down to Ptolemy, bringing together all the relevant evidence in one comprehensive study. By comparing the monochord with a number of other ancient scientific instruments and their uses, David Creese shows how the investigation of music in ancient Greece not only shares in the patterns of demonstrative and argumentative instrument use common to other sciences, but also goes beyond them in offering the possibility of a rigorous empiricism unparalleled in Greek science.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/43249/cover/9780521843249.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521190983</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190985</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190985</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Space and Time in Ancient Greek Narrative</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521190985</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Purves , Alex C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this wide-ranging survey of ancient Greek narrative from archaic epic to classical prose, Alex Purves shows how stories unfold in space as well as in time. She traces a shift in authorial perspective, from a godlike overview to the more focused outlook of human beings caught up in a developing plot, inspired by advances in cartography, travel, and geometry. Her analysis of the temporal and spatial dimensions of ancient narrative leads to new interpretations of important texts by Homer, Herodotus, and Xenophon, among others, showing previously unnoticed connections between epic and prose. Drawing on the methods of classical philology, narrative theory, and cultural geography, Purves recovers a poetics of spatial representation that lies at the core of the Greeks’ conception of their plots.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/90985/cover/9780521190985.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100322</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052176839X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768399</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768399</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Art of Euripides</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Dramatic Technique and Social Context</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521768399</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mastronarde, Donald J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this book Professor Mastronarde draws on the seventeen surviving tragedies of Euripides, as well as the fragmentary remains of his lost plays, to explore key topics in the interpretation of the plays. It investigates their relation to the Greek poetic tradition and to the social and political structures of their original setting, aiming both to be attentive to the great variety of the corpus and to identify commonalities across it. In examining such topics as genre, structural strategies, the chorus, the gods, rhetoric, and the portrayal of women and men, this study highlights the ways in which audience responses are manipulated through the use of plot structures and the multiplicity of viewpoints expressed. It argues that the dramas of Euripides, through their dramatic technique, pose a strong challenge to simple formulations of norms, to the reading of consistent human character, and to the quest for certainty and closure.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/68399/cover/9780521768399.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521895553</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521895552</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521895552</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Emperor Elagabalus</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Fact or Fiction?</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521895552</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>de Arrizabalaga y Prado, Leonardo</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The third-century adolescent Roman emperor miscalled Elagabalus or Heliogabalus was made into myth shortly after his murder. For 1800 years since, scandalous stories relate his alleged depravity, debauchery and bloodthirsty fanaticism as High Priest of a Syrian Sun God. From these, one cannot discern anything demonstrably true about the boy or his reign. This book, drawing on the author’s detailed research and publications, investigates what can truly be known about this emperor. Through careful analysis of all sources, including historiography, coins, inscriptions, papyri, sculpture and topography, it shows that there are things of which we can be sure, and others that are likely. Through these we can reassess his reign. We discover a youth, thrust by his handlers into power on false pretences, who creates his own more authentic persona as priest-emperor, but loses the struggle for survival against rivals in his family, who justify his murder with his myth.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/95552/cover/9780521895552.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521677114</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521677110</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521677110</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Homer: Odyssey XVII-XVIII</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521677110</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Homer</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Steiner, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Books XVII and XVIII of the Odyssey feature, among other episodes, the disguised Odysseus’ penetration of his home after an absence of twenty years and his first encounter with his wife. The commentary provides linguistic and syntactical guidance suitable for upper-level students along with detailed consideration of Homer’s compositional and narrative techniques, his literary artistry and the poem’s central themes. An extensive introduction considers questions of formulaic composition, the nature of the poem’s audience and the context of its performance, and isolates the concerns most prominent in the poem’s second half and in Books XVII and XVIII in particular. Here too are considered the roles of Penelope and Telemachus, questions of disguise and recognition, and the institution of hospitality flaunted by the suitors in Odysseus’ halls. Brief sections also discuss Homeric metre and the transmission of the text.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/77110/cover/9780521677110.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521150116</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150118</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150118</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Description Logic Handbook</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Theory, Implementation and Applications</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521150118</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Baader, Franz</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Calvanese, Diego</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McGuinness, Deborah L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nardi, Daniele</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Patel-Schneider , Peter F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>UMW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Description logics are embodied in several knowledge-based systems and are used to develop various real-life applications. Now in paperback, The Description Logic Handbook provides a thorough account of the subject, covering all aspects of research in this field, namely: theory, implementation, and applications. Its appeal will be broad, ranging from more theoretically oriented readers, to those with more practically oriented interests who need a sound and modern understanding of knowledge representation systems based on description logics. As well as general revision throughout the book, this new edition presents a new chapter on ontology languages for the semantic web, an area of great importance for the future development of the web. In sum, the book will serve as a unique resource for the subject, and can also be used for self-study or as a reference for knowledge representation and artificial intelligence courses.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/50118/cover/9780521150118.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521147093</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521147095</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521147095</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Transitions and Trees</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction to Structural Operational Semantics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521147095</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hüttel, Hans</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>UMJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Structural operational semantics is a simple, yet powerful mathematical theory for describing the behaviour of programs in an implementation-independent manner. This book provides a self-contained introduction to structural operational semantics, featuring semantic definitions using big-step and small-step semantics of many standard programming language constructs, including control structures, structured declarations and objects, parameter mechanisms and procedural abstraction, concurrency, nondeterminism and the features of functional programming languages. Along the way, the text introduces and applies the relevant proof techniques, including forms of induction and notions of semantic equivalence (including bisimilarity). Thoroughly class-tested, this book has evolved from lecture notes used by the author over a 10-year period at Aalborg University to teach undergraduate and graduate students. The result is a thorough introduction that makes the subject clear to students and computing professionals without sacrificing its rigour. No experience with any specific programming language is required.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/47095/cover/9780521147095.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0898716969</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898716962</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898716962</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Discrete Inverse Problems</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Insight and Algorithms</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898716962</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hansen, Per Christian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This acclaimed book introduces the practical treatment of inverse problems by means of numerical methods, with a focus on basic mathematical and computational aspects. To solve inverse problems, it demonstrates that insight about them and algorithms go hand in hand. Discrete Inverse Problems includes a number of tutorial exercises that give the reader hands-on experience with the methods, and challenges associated with the treatment of inverse problems. It includes carefully constructed illustrative computed examples and figures that highlight the important issues in the theory and algorithms. This book is written for graduate students, researchers, and professionals in engineering and other areas that depend on solving inverse problems with noisy data. It aims to provide readers with enough background that they can solve simple inverse problems and read more advanced literature on the subject.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/16962/cover/9780898716962.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100318</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763169</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763165</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763165</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Grammatical Inference</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Learning Automata and Grammars</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763165</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>de la Higuera, Colin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>UYQL</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The problem of inducing, learning or inferring grammars has been studied for decades, but only in recent years has grammatical inference emerged as an independent field with connections to many scientific disciplines, including bio-informatics, computational linguistics and pattern recognition. This book meets the need for a comprehensive and unified summary of the basic techniques and results, suitable for researchers working in these various areas. In Part I, the objects of use for grammatical inference are studied in detail: strings and their topology, automata and grammars, whether probabilistic or not. Part II carefully explores the main questions in the field: What does learning mean? How can we associate complexity theory with learning? In Part III the author describes a number of techniques and algorithms that allow us to learn from text, from an informant, or through interaction with the environment. These concern automata, grammars, rewriting systems, pattern languages or transducers.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63165/cover/9780521763165.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197619</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197618</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197618</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Mainstreaming Climate Change in Development Cooperation</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Theory, Practice and Implications for the European Union</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197618</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gupta, Joyeeta</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>van der Grijp, Nicolien</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Climate change, development and development cooperation are, individually and jointly, three politically sensitive, complex issues, especially in the context of relations between developed and developing countries. This book tackles these issues by combining theoretical, political, and practical perspectives, analysing the dominant paradigms and exploring the meaning of the concept of mainstreaming. At the practical level, it presents the results of case studies focusing on assistance provided by the European Union and key member states and the climate needs articulated by developing countries. At the political level, it highlights the sensitivities between developed and developing countries and examines the mainstreaming debate in various fora. This book is valuable for policymakers, academics, politicians and non-state actors working in the fields of development studies, international law, politics, international relations, economics, climate change, and environmental studies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97618/cover/9780521197618.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521142377</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142373</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142373</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Modeling Ordered Choices</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Primer</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521142373</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Greene, William H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hensher, David A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>It is increasingly common for analysts to seek out the opinions of individuals and organizations using attitudinal scales such as degree of satisfaction or importance attached to an issue. Examples include levels of obesity, seriousness of a health condition, attitudes towards service levels, opinions on products, voting intentions, and the degree of clarity of contracts. Ordered choice models provide a relevant methodology for capturing the sources of influence that explain the choice made amongst a set of ordered alternatives. The methods have evolved to a level of sophistication that can allow for heterogeneity in the threshold parameters, in the explanatory variables (through random parameters), and in the decomposition of the residual variance. This book brings together contributions in ordered choice modeling from a number of disciplines, synthesizing developments over the last fifty years, and suggests useful extensions to account for the wide range of sources of influence on choice.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/42373/cover/9780521142373.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521687845</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687843</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687843</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Economics of Cultural Policy</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521687843</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Throsby, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Cultural policy is changing. Traditionally, cultural policies have been concerned with providing financial support for the arts, for cultural heritage and for institutions such as museums and galleries. In recent years, around the world, interest has grown in the creative industries as a source of innovation and economic dynamism. This book argues that an understanding of the nature of both the economic and the cultural value created by the cultural sector is essential to good policy-making. The book is the first comprehensive account of the application of economic theory and analysis to the broad field of cultural policy. It deals with general principles of policy-making in the cultural arena as seen from an economic point of view, and goes on to examine a range of specific cultural policy areas, including the arts, heritage, the cultural industries, urban development, tourism, education, trade, cultural diversity, economic development, intellectual property and cultural statistics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/87843/cover/9780521687843.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521449642</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521449649</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521449649</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Magnetic Memory</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Fundamentals and Technology</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449649</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Tang, Denny D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Yuan-Jen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TBN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>If you are a semiconductor engineer or a magnetics physicist developing magnetic memory, get the information you need with this, the first book on magnetic memory. From magnetics to the engineering design of memory, this practical book explains key magnetic properties and how they are related to memory performance, characterization methods of magnetic films, and tunneling magnetoresistance effect devices. It also covers memory cell options, array architecture, circuit models, and read-write engineering issues. You’ll understand the soft fail nature of magnetic memory, which is very different from that of semiconductor memory, as well as methods to deal with the issue. You’ll also get invaluable problem-solving insights from real-world memory case studies. This is an essential book for semiconductor engineers who need to understand magnetics, and for magnetics physicists who work with MRAM. It is also a valuable reference for graduate students working in electronic/magnetic device research.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49649/cover/9780521449649.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763991</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763998</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763998</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Gasoline, Diesel and Ethanol Biofuels from Grasses and Plants</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763998</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gupta, Ram B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Demirbas, Ayhan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TDJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The world is currently faced with two significant problems: fossil fuel depletion and environmental degradation, which are continuously being exacerbated due to increasing global energy consumption. As a substitute for petroleum, renewable fuels have been receiving increasing attention due a variety of environmental, economic, and societal benefits. The first-generation biofuels - ethanol from sugar or corn and biodiesel from vegetable oils - are already on the market. The goal of this book is to introduce readers to second-generation biofuels obtained from non-food biomass, such as forest residue, agricultural residue, switch grass, corn stover, waste wood, municipal solid wastes, and so on. Various technologies are discussed, including cellulosic ethanol, biomass gasification, synthesis of diesel and gasoline, bio-crude by hydrothermal liquefaction, bio-oil by fast pyrolysis, and the upgradation of biofuel. This book strives to serve as a comprehensive document presenting various technological pathways and environmental and economic issues related to biofuels.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63998/cover/9780521763998.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521111374</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111379</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111379</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Writing to the King</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Nation, Kingship and Literature in England, 1250–1350</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111379</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In the century before Chaucer a new language of political critique emerged. In political verse of the period, composed in Anglo-Latin, Anglo-Norman, and Middle English, poets write as if addressing the king himself, drawing on their sense of the rights granted by Magna Carta. These apparent appeals to the sovereign increase with the development of parliament in the late thirteenth century and the emergence of the common petition, and become prominent, in an increasingly sophisticated literature, during the political crises of the early fourteenth century. However, very little of this writing was truly directed to the king. As David Matthews shows, the form of address was a rhetorical stance revealing much about the position from which writers were composing, the audiences they wished to reach, and their construction of political and national subjects.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11379/cover/9780521111379.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521113733</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113731</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113731</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Hazards of Urban Life in Late Stalinist Russia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Health, Hygiene, and Living Standards, 1943–1953</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113731</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Filtzer, Donald</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is the first detailed study of the standard of living of ordinary Russians following World War II. It examines urban living conditions under the Stalinist regime with a focus on the key issues of sanitation, access to safe water supplies, personal hygiene and anti-epidemic controls, diet and nutrition, and infant mortality. Comparing five key industrial regions, it shows that living conditions lagged some fifty years behind Western European norms. The book reveals that, despite this, the years preceding Stalin’s death saw dramatic improvements in mortality rates thanks to the application of rigorous public health controls and Western medical innovations. While tracing these changes, the book also analyzes the impact that the absence of an adequate urban infrastructure had on people's daily lives and on the relationship between the Stalinist regime and the Russian people, and, finally, how the Soviet experience compared to that of earlier industrializing societies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13731/cover/9780521113731.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521768195</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768191</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768191</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Rome of Pope Paschal I</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Papal Power, Urban Renovation, Church Rebuilding and Relic Translation, 817–824</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521768191</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Goodson, Caroline J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In the early ninth century, a critical time in Rome’s transformation from ancient capital to powerful bishopric to new state capital, Pope Paschal I undertook a building campaign to communicate his authority and Rome’s importance as an ancient and contemporary seat of power. Combining analysis of contemporary chronicles and documents, architecture, mosaics and new archaeology of medieval Rome, Caroline J. Goodson examines Paschal’s urban project, revealing new patterns of popular saint veneration in resplendent new churches built using traditional architectural vocabularies. These transformations connect the city and the pope to the past and the present, in the same league as the Byzantine and Carolingian capitals and their emperors. By examining the relationships between the material world and political power in early medieval Rome, this innovative study reveals the importance of Rome's sacred and urban landscape in constructing papal rule and influence both in the city and beyond.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/68191/cover/9780521768191.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521514231</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521514231</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521514231</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Capital and the Colonies</TitleText>
<Subtitle>London and the Atlantic Economy 1660–1700</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514231</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Zahedieh, Nuala</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Between 1660 and 1700, London established itself as the capital and commercial hub of a thriving Atlantic empire, accounting for three quarters of the nation’s colonial trade, and playing a vital coordinating role in an increasingly coherent Atlantic system. Nuala Zahedieh’s unique study provides the first detailed picture of how that mercantile system was made to work. By identifying the leading colonial merchants, she shows through their collective experiences how London developed the capabilities to compete with its continental rivals and ensure compliance with the Navigation Acts. Zahedieh shows that in making mercantilism work, Londoners helped to create the conditions which underpinned the long period of structural change and economic growth which culminated in the Industrial Revolution.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14231/cover/9780521514231.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521876974</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521876971</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521876971</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Decline of Sterling</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Managing the Retreat of an International Currency, 1945–1992</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521876971</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schenk, Catherine R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>454</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The demise of sterling as an international currency was widely predicted after 1945, but the process took thirty years to complete. Why was this demise so prolonged? Traditional explanations emphasize British efforts to prolong sterling’s role because it increased the capacity to borrow, enhanced prestige, or supported London as a centre for international finance. This book challenges this view by arguing that sterling’s international role was prolonged by the weakness of the international monetary system and by collective global interest in its continuation. Using the archives of Britain’s partners in Europe, the USA and the Commonwealth, Catherine Schenk shows how the UK was able to convince other governments that sterling’s international role was critical for the stability of the international economy and thereby attract considerable support to manage its retreat. This revised view has important implications for current debates over the future of the U.S. dollar as an international currency.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/76971/cover/9780521876971.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100527</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521128242</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128247</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128247</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>WX</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Economic History of Modern Europe 2 Volume Paperback Set</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521128247</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Broadberry, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>O'Rourke, Kevin H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>832</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Unlike existing textbooks on the economic history of modern Europe, which offer a country-by-country approach, The Cambridge Economic History of Modern Europe rethinks Europe's economic history since 1700 as unified and pan-European, with material organised by topic rather than by country. The first volume is centred on the transition to modern economic growth, which first occurred in Britain before spreading to other parts of western Europe by 1870, whilst the second tracks Europe's economic history through three major phases since 1870. Each chapter is written by an international team of authors who cover the three major regions of northern Europe, southern Europe, and central and eastern Europe. The two volumes together provide a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the key themes in modern economic history from trade, urbanisation, economic growth and business cycles to sectoral developments, and population and living standards.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/28247/cover/9780521128247.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521146011</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146012</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146012</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>KJV Pocket Reference Edition KJ242:XR Dark Grey Imitation Leather</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521146012</WebsiteLink>
</Website>
<NoContributor/>
<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The KJV Pocket Reference Bible is a new addition to the Cambridge catalogue but it actually represents a familiar edition – the elegant KJV Pitt Minion – in a very compact and portable format. It includes the Old and New Testaments, supported by the Cambridge bold-figure cross-references, together with a pronunciation guide and glossary.  The Bible has a sewn book block, allowing it to open flat. It is bound in grey imitation leather and has a ribbon marker and gilt page edges.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/46012/cover/9780521146012.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521146038</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146036</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146036</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>KJV Pocket Reference Edition KJ242:XR Purple Imitation Leather</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521146036</WebsiteLink>
</Website>
<NoContributor/>
<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The KJV Pocket Reference Bible is a new addition to the Cambridge catalogue but it actually represents a familiar edition – the elegant KJV Pitt Minion – in a very compact and portable format. It includes the Old and New Testaments, supported by the Cambridge bold-figure cross-references, together with a pronunciation guide and glossary.  The Bible has a sewn book block, allowing it to open flat. It is bound in purple imitation leather and has a ribbon marker and silver page edges.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/46036/cover/9780521146036.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521146054</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146050</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146050</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>KJV Pocket Reference Edition KJ242:XRF Burgundy Imitation Leather, with Flap Fastener</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521146050</WebsiteLink>
</Website>
<NoContributor/>
<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The KJV Pocket Reference Bible is a new addition to the Cambridge catalogue but it actually represents a familiar edition – the elegant KJV Pitt Minion – in a very compact and portable format. It includes the Old and New Testaments, supported by the Cambridge bold-figure cross-references, together with a pronunciation guide and glossary.  The Bible has a sewn book block, allowing it to open flat, a ribbon marker and gilt page edges. It is bound in burgundy imitation leather with a button flap – a traditional bookbinding feature which protects the delicate Bible pages.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/46050/cover/9780521146050.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>87.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521146070</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146074</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146074</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>KJV Pocket Reference Edition KJ243:XRZ Black French Morocco leather, with Zip Fastener</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521146074</WebsiteLink>
</Website>
<NoContributor/>
<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>590</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The KJV Pocket Reference Bible is a new addition to the Cambridge catalogue but it actually represents a familiar edition – the elegant KJV Pitt Minion – in a very compact and portable format. It includes the Old and New Testaments, supported by the Cambridge bold-figure cross-references, together with a pronunciation guide and glossary.  The Bible has a sewn book block, allowing it to open flat. It is bound in black French Morocco leather and has a ribbon marker and gilt page edges.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/46074/cover/9780521146074.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191947</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191944</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191944</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cosmopolitanism in Context</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Perspectives from International Law and Political Theory</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191944</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pierik, Roland</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Werner, Wouter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Is it possible and desirable to translate the basic principles underlying cosmopolitanism as a moral standard into effective global institutions. Will the ideals of inclusiveness and equal moral concern for all survive the marriage between cosmopolitanism and institutional power? What are the effects of such bureaucratisation of cosmopolitan ideals? This volume examines the strained relationship between cosmopolitanism as a moral standard and the legal institutions in which cosmopolitan norms and principles are to be implemented. Five areas of global concern are analysed: environmental protection, economic regulation, peace and security, the fight against international crimes and migration.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/91944/cover/9780521191944.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>9067043303</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043304</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043304</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Environmental Finance and Socially Responsible Business in Russia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Legal and Practical Trends</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9789067043304</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Douma, Wybe Th.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mucklow, Fiona M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Despite a period of economic turmoil in the 1990s, Russia recovered sufficiently well to post impressive growth figures in the years leading up to the recent financial crisis. This examination of the legal and social environment in which business is operating in Russia, and the manner in which corporate responsible investment is gaining ground, focuses on environmental and social aspects of investment and explores the legal and policy perspective. The Russian and non-Russian authors discuss the law, its application in practice and developments relating to the implementation of the Kyoto Protocol, pollution abatement, environmental management systems, CSR and philanthropy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97890670/43304/cover/9789067043304.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521113571</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113571</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113571</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The European Union's Fight Against Corruption</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Evolving Policy Towards Member States and Candidate Countries</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113571</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Szarek-Mason, Patrycja</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The fight against corruption emerged as one of the most significant issues during the 2004 enlargement of the EU and gained even more importance with the accession of Romania and Bulgaria in 2007. In order to prepare candidate countries for membership, the EU found it necessary to create new institutions and mechanisms to address corruption. Patrycja Szarek-Mason traces the development of the EU anti-corruption framework, showing how recent enlargements transformed EU policy and highlighting inequities between the treatment of candidate countries and existing Member States. The experience gained during the 2004 enlargement led to a more robust anti-corruption stance during the accession of Bulgaria and Romania and will have implications for future enlargements of the EU. However, the framework can still be strengthened to address corruption adequately and promote higher standards among Member States, especially through greater use of ‘soft law’ in the form of mutually agreed, non-legally binding policy recommendations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13571/cover/9780521113571.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100311</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>9067043281</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043281</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043281</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Highest Courts and Globalisation</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9789067043281</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Muller, Sam</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Sidney</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>225</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBHG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Highest national courts were conceived at the pinnacle of the national court hierarchy, with one of their main tasks being the maintenance of a degree of legal coherency within the national legal system. Very often such courts also have the ability to declare national laws in violation of the constitution or international treaties. The interactions within societies and legal systems have consequences on highest national courts, which also increasingly interact with each other. This book investigates the theoretical and practical implications of these phenomena, offering a unique and unprecedented perspective on the issue of highest courts and globalisation from the world's leading scholars and judges.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97890670/43281/cover/9789067043281.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521198208</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198202</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198202</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Limits of Transnational Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Refugee Law, Policy Harmonization and Judicial Dialogue in the European Union</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521198202</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Goodwin-Gill, Guy S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lambert, Hélène</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>State authority and power have become diffused in an increasingly globalised world characterised by the freer trans-border movement of people, objects and ideas. As a result, some international law scholars believe that a new world order is emerging based on a complex web of transnational networks. Such a transnational legal order requires sufficient dialogue between national courts. This book explores the prospects for such an order in the context of refugee law in Europe, focussing on the use of foreign law in refugee cases. Judicial practice is critically analysed in nine EU member states, with case studies revealing a mix of rational and cultural factors that lead judges to rarely use each others’ decisions within the EU. Conclusions are drawn for the prospects of a Common European Asylum System and for international refugee law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/98202/cover/9780521198202.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100318</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>9067043192</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043199</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043199</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Permanent Court of Arbitration</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Summaries of Awards 1999–2009</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9789067043199</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>C01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>International Bureau of the Permanent Court of Arbitration</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNAC5</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>During the period 1999–2009, the Permanent Court of Arbitration (PCA) in The Hague, an intergovernmental organisation dedicated to international dispute settlement, saw a period of unprecedented growth, with fourteen arbitrations dealing with matters of international significance. Thirty public awards were rendered during that period, concerning subjects such as the laws of armed conflict, land and maritime boundary delimitation, the laws of international organisations, the interpretation of treaties, and the protection of investments. This volume contains detailed, concise summaries of those awards, together with a critical analysis of the PCA’s contribution to international law and international dispute resolution. With each summary including an overview of key details, reference lists to the subject matters addressed, and citations to academic commentaries, this is an invaluable research tool for academics and practitioners, and for anyone wishing to gain an insight into the organisation, its work, and its field of activity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97890670/43199/cover/9789067043199.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521199271</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199278</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199278</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521199278</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>World Trade Organization</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: XII and XIII report on United States - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS320).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/99278/cover/9780521199278.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521766508</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766500</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766500</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521766500</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: XII and XIII report on United States - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS320).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/66500/cover/9780521766500.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521761832</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761833</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761833</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521761833</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes XIV to XVII report on Canada - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS321).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/61833/cover/9780521761833.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521766796</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766791</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766791</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521766791</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes XIV to XVII report on Canada - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS321).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/66791/cover/9780521766791.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521769728</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769723</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769723</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521769723</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>530</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes XIV to XVII report on Canada - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS321).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/69723/cover/9780521769723.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052119637X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196376</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196376</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521196376</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: Volumes XIV to XVII report on Canada - Continued Suspension of Obligations in the EC - Hormones Dispute (WT/DS321).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/96376/cover/9780521196376.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521768837</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768832</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768832</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521768832</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: XVIII reports on European Communities - Regime for the Importation, Sale and Distribution of Bananas - Recourse to Article 21.5 of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes by the United States (WT/DS27) and European Communities - Regime for the Importation, Sale and Distribution of Bananas - Second Recourse to Article 21.5 of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes by Ecuador (WT/DS27).</Text>
</OtherText>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521762995</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762991</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762991</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521762991</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. DSR 2008: XIX reports on European Communities - Regime for the Importation, Sale and Distribution of Bananas - Recourse to Article 21.5 of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes by the United States (WT/DS27).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/62991/cover/9780521762991.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763797</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763790</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763790</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dispute Settlement Reports 2008</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763790</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted/>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dispute Settlement Reports of the World Trade Organization (WTO) include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards, in disputes concerning the rights and obligations of WTO members under the provisions of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization. These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practising and academic trade lawyers, and needed by students worldwide taking courses in international economic or trade law. Among others, DSR 2008: XX reports on Japan - Countervailing Duties on Dynamic Random Access Memories from Korea - Arbitration under Article 21.3(c) of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (WT/DS336); and United States - Final Anti-Dumping Measures on Stainless Steel from Mexico - Arbitration under Article 21.3(c) of the Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes (WT/DS344).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63790/cover/9780521763790.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>9067043141</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043144</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043144</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Yearbook of International Humanitarian Law</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9789067043144</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McCormack, Tim</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kleffner, Jann K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>658</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The world's only annual publication devoted to the study of the laws of armed conflict, the Yearbook of International Humanitarian Law provides a truly international forum for high-quality, peer-reviewed academic articles focusing on this highly topical branch of international law. The Yearbook also includes a selection of documents from the reporting period, many of which are not accessible elsewhere. Ease of use of the Yearbook is guaranteed by the inclusion of a detailed index. Distinguished by its topicality and contemporary relevance, the Yearbook of International Humanitarian Law bridges the gap between theory and practice and serves as a useful reference tool for scholars, practitioners, military personnel, civil servants, diplomats, human rights workers and students.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97890670/43144/cover/9789067043144.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>400.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521747651</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747653</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747653</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The International Law on Foreign Investment</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521747653</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sornarajah, M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>554</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Given recent seismic upheavals in the world’s money markets, an updated edition of an authoritative, reliable textbook on the international law of foreign investment has rarely been so timely. Sornarajah’s classic text surveys how international law has developed to protect foreign investments by multinational actors and to control any misconduct on their part. It analyses treaty-based methods, examining the effectiveness of bilateral and regional investment treaties. It also considers the reverse flow of investments from emerging industrialising powers such as China and Brazil and explores the retreat from market oriented economics to regulatory controls. By offering thought-provoking analysis of not only the law, but related developments in economics and political sciences, Sornarajah gives immediacy and relevance to the discipline. This book is required reading for all postgraduate and undergraduate international law students specialising in the law of foreign investments.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/47653/cover/9780521747653.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521700175</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521700177</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521700177</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Democracy Distorted</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Wealth, Influence and Democratic Politics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521700177</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rowbottom, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>High-profile controversies surrounding the funding of political parties have shown how inequalities in wealth can enter the political process. The growth of the professional lobbying of MPs and the executive raises similar questions about money in politics. More broadly, inequalities emerge in terms of the opportunities the public have to participate in political debate. This analysis of the ways wealth can be used to influence politics in Britain explores the threat posed to the principle of political equality. As well as examining lobbying and party funding, the discussion also focuses on the ownership and control of the media, the chance to be heard on the internet and the impact of the privatisation of public spaces on rights to assemble and protest. Looking at this range of political activities, the author proposes various strategies designed to protect the integrity of British democracy and stop inequalities in wealth becoming inequalities in politics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/00177/cover/9780521700177.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521121310</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521121316</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521121316</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Conduct of Hostilities Under the Law of International Armed Conflict</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521121316</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dinstein, Yoram</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is the seminal textbook on the law of international armed conflict, written by a leading commentator on the subject. The new edition has been thoroughly revised and updated, taking into account new developments in combat, numerous recent judicial cases (especially decisions rendered by the International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia), as well as topical studies and instruments. The text clarifies complex issues, offering solutions to practical combat dilemmas that have emerged in present-day battlefield situations. Several current (and controversial) subjects are examined in depth, including direct participation in hostilities, human shields, and air and missile warfare. Useful definitions and explanations have been added, making intricate problems easier to comprehend. The book is designed not only for students of international law, but also as a tool for the instruction of military officers.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/21316/cover/9780521121316.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521885655</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521885652</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521885652</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Meaning, Discourse and Society</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521885652</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Teubert, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Meaning, Discourse and Society investigates the construction of reality within discourse. When people talk about things such as language, the mind, globalisation or weeds, they are less discussing the outside world than objects they have created collaboratively by talking about them. Wolfgang Teubert shows that meaning cannot be found in mental concepts or neural activity, as implied by the cognitive sciences. He argues instead that meaning is negotiated and knowledge is created by symbolic interaction, thus taking language as a social, rather than a mental, phenomenon. Discourses, Teubert contends, can be viewed as collective minds, enabling the members of discourse communities to make sense of themselves and of the world around them. By taking an active stance in constructing the reality they share, people thus can take part in moulding the world in accordance with their perceived needs.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/85652/cover/9780521885652.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521616832</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521616836</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521616836</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Language, Usage and Cognition</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616836</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bybee, Joan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Language demonstrates structure while also showing considerable variation at all levels: languages differ from one another while still being shaped by the same principles; utterances within a language differ from one another while exhibiting the same structural patterns; languages change over time, but in fairly regular ways. This book focuses on the dynamic processes that create languages and give them their structure and variance. It outlines a theory of language that addresses the nature of grammar, taking into account its variance and gradience, and seeks explanation in terms of the recurrent processes that operate in language use. The evidence is based on the study of large corpora of spoken and written language, what we know about how languages change, as well as the results of experiments with language users. The result is an integrated theory of language use and language change which has implications for cognitive processing and language evolution.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16836/cover/9780521616836.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521518784</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518789</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518789</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Transnational Communities</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Shaping Global Economic Governance</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518789</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Djelic, Marie-Laure</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Quack, Sigrid</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJU</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Transnational communities are social groups that emerge from mutual interaction across national boundaries, oriented around a common project or ‘imagined’ identity. This common project or identity is constructed and sustained through the active engagement and involvement of at least some of its members. Such communities can overlap in different ways with formal organizations but, in principle, they do not need formal organization to be sustained. This book explores the role of transnational communities in relation to the governance of business and economic activity. It does so by focusing on a wide range of empirical terrains, including discussions of the Laleli market in Istanbul, the institutionalization of private equity in Japan, the transnational movement for open content licenses, and the mobilization around environmental certification. These studies show that transnational communities can align the cognitive and normative orientations of their members over time and thereby influence emergent transnational governance arrangements.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18789/cover/9780521518789.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521765463</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765466</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765466</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Global Services Outsourcing</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521765466</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McIvor, Ronan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJU</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Services outsourcing is an increasingly attractive option for firms seeking to reduce costs and achieve service improvements. Many organisations now choose to transfer responsibility for entire functions such as human resources, finance and information technology services to both local and global vendors. Yet outsourcing such functions is a complex process, one that is driven by factors that transcend cost considerations alone. Issues such as service design, unbundling processes, managing work across different cultures and time zones, and business process redesign have all become important elements of managing services outsourcing arrangements. This book uses tools and techniques from a variety of disciplines to show how to successfully plan, implement and manage services outsourcing arrangements. Based on in-depth analysis of large-scale outsourcing arrangements across a wide range of sectors, this is an excellent resource for both academics and practitioners who wish to understand more about this complex phenomenon.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/65466/cover/9780521765466.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101029</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521128226</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128223</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128223</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Geometric Analysis of Hyperbolic Differential Equations: An Introduction</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521128223</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Alinhac, S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Its self-contained presentation and ‘do-it-yourself' approach make this the perfect guide for graduate students and researchers wishing to access recent literature in the field of nonlinear wave equations and general relativity. It introduces all of the key tools and concepts from Lorentzian geometry (metrics, null frames, deformation tensors, etc.) and provides complete elementary proofs. The author also discusses applications to topics in nonlinear equations, including null conditions and stability of Minkowski space. No previous knowledge of geometry or relativity is required.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/28223/cover/9780521128223.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521115140</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521115148</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521115148</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Kurt Gödel</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Essays for his Centennial</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115148</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Feferman, Solomon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Parsons, Charles</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, Stephen G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Kurt Gödel (1906–1978) did groundbreaking work that transformed logic and other important aspects of our understanding of mathematics, especially his proof of the incompleteness of formalized arithmetic. This book on different aspects of his work and on subjects in which his ideas have contemporary resonance includes papers from a May 2006 symposium celebrating Gödel’s centennial as well as papers from a 2004 symposium. Proof theory, set theory, philosophy of mathematics, and the editing of Gödel’s writings are among the topics covered. Several chapters discuss his intellectual development and his relation to predecessors and contemporaries such as Hilbert, Carnap, and Herbrand. Others consider his views on justification in set theory in light of more recent work and contemporary echoes of his incompleteness theorems and the concept of constructible sets.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15148/cover/9780521115148.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100609</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521125723</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521125727</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521125727</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Smoothness, Regularity and Complete Intersection</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521125727</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Majadas, Javier</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rodicio, Antonio G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Written to complement standard texts on commutative algebra, this short book gives complete and relatively easy proofs of important results, including the standard results involving localisation of formal smoothness (M. André) and localisation of complete intersections (L. Avramov), some important results of D. Popescu and André on regular homomorphisms, and some results from A. Grothendieck's EGA on smooth homomorphisms. The authors make extensive use of the André–Quillen homology of commutative algebras, but only up to dimension 2, which is easy to construct, and they deliberately avoid using simplicial methods. The book also serves as an accessible introduction to some advanced topics and techniques. The only prerequisites are a basic course in commutative algebra and the first definitions in homological algebra.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/25727/cover/9780521125727.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521721490</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521721493</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521721493</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Elementary Differential Geometry</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521721493</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bär, Christian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The link between the physical world and its visualization is geometry. This easy-to-read, generously illustrated textbook presents an elementary introduction to differential geometry with emphasis on geometric results. Avoiding formalism as much as possible, the author harnesses basic mathematical skills in analysis and linear algebra to solve interesting geometric problems, which prepare students for more advanced study in mathematics and other scientific fields such as physics and computer science. The wide range of topics includes curve theory, a detailed study of surfaces, curvature, variation of area and minimal surfaces, geodesics, spherical and hyperbolic geometry, the divergence theorem, triangulations, and the Gauss–Bonnet theorem. The section on cartography demonstrates the concrete importance of elementary differential geometry in applications. Clearly developed arguments and proofs, colour illustrations, and over 100 exercises and solutions make this book ideal for courses and self-study. The only prerequisites are one year of undergraduate calculus and linear algebra.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/21493/cover/9780521721493.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194407</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194402</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194402</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Outline of Ergodic Theory</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194402</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kalikow, Steven</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McCutcheon, Randall</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This informal introduction provides a fresh perspective on isomorphism theory, which is the branch of ergodic theory that explores the conditions under which two measure preserving systems are essentially equivalent. It contains a primer in basic measure theory, proofs of fundamental ergodic theorems, and material on entropy, martingales, Bernoulli processes, and various varieties of mixing. Original proofs of classic theorems - including the Shannon–McMillan–Breiman theorem, the Krieger finite generator theorem, and the Ornstein isomorphism theorem - are presented by degrees, together with helpful hints that encourage the reader to develop the proofs on their own. Hundreds of exercises and open problems are also included, making this an ideal text for graduate courses. Professionals needing a quick review, or seeking a different perspective on the subject, will also value this book.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94402/cover/9780521194402.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521150124</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150125</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150125</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Bayesian Logical Data Analysis for the Physical Sciences</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Comparative Approach with Mathematica® Support</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521150125</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, Phil</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>486</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Increasingly, researchers in many branches of science are coming into contact with Bayesian statistics or Bayesian probability theory. By encompassing both inductive and deductive logic, Bayesian analysis can improve model parameter estimates by many orders of magnitude. It provides a simple and unified approach to all data analysis problems, allowing the experimenter to assign probabilities to competing hypotheses of interest, on the basis of the current state of knowledge. This book provides a clear exposition of the underlying concepts with large numbers of worked examples and problem sets. The book also discusses numerical techniques for implementing the Bayesian calculations, including an introduction to Markov Chain Monte-Carlo integration and linear and nonlinear least-squares analysis seen from a Bayesian perspective. In addition, background material is provided in appendices and supporting Mathematica® notebooks are available, providing an easy learning route for upper-undergraduates, graduate students, or any serious researcher in physical sciences or engineering.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/50125/cover/9780521150125.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521513464</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521513463</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521513463</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Bayesian Nonparametrics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513463</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hjort, Nils Lid</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Holmes, Chris</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Müller, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Stephen G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Bayesian nonparametrics works – theoretically, computationally. The theory provides highly flexible models whose complexity grows appropriately with the amount of data. Computational issues, though challenging, are no longer intractable. All that is needed is an entry point: this intelligent book is the perfect guide to what can seem a forbidding landscape. Tutorial chapters by Ghosal, Lijoi and Prünster, Teh and Jordan, and Dunson advance from theory, to basic models and hierarchical modeling, to applications and implementation, particularly in computer science and biostatistics. These are complemented by companion chapters by the editors and Griffin and Quintana, providing additional models, examining computational issues, identifying future growth areas, and giving links to related topics. This coherent text gives ready access both to underlying principles and to state-of-the-art practice. Specific examples are drawn from information retrieval, NLP, machine vision, computational biology, biostatistics, and bioinformatics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13463/cover/9780521513463.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0883857650</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857656</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857656</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Counterexamples in Calculus</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883857656</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Klymchuk, Sergiy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBKA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Counterexamples in Calculus serves as a supplementary resource to enhance the learning experience in single variable calculus courses. This book features carefully constructed incorrect mathematical statements that require students to create counterexamples to disprove them. Methods of producing these incorrect statements vary. At times the converse of a well-known theorem is presented. In other instances crucial conditions are omitted or altered or incorrect definitions are employed. Incorrect statements are grouped topically with sections devoted to: functions, limits, continuity, differential calculus and integral calculus. This book aims to fill a gap in the literature and provide a resource for using counterexamples as a pedagogical tool in the study of introductory calculus. In that light it may well be useful for high school teachers and university faculty as a teaching resource, for high school and college students as a learning resource, and as a professional development resource for calculus instructors.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/57656/cover/9780883857656.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100318</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0883853477</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883853474</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883853474</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Guide to Elementary Number Theory</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883853474</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dudley, Underwood</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A Guide to Elementary Number Theory is a short exposition of the topics considered in a first course in number theory. It is intended for those who have had some exposure to the material before but have half-forgotten it, and also for those who may have never taken a course in number theory but who want to understand it without having to engage with the more traditional texts which are often extensive, and dense. Number theory has an impressive history, which this guide investigates. Rather than being a textbook with exercises and solutions, this guide is an exploration of this interesting and exciting field. Its important results are all included, usually with accompanying proofs: the Quadratic Reciprocity Theorem is proved as Gauss did it. The material has been chosen to be maximally broad whilst remaining concise and accessible.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/53474/cover/9780883853474.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0898716977</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898716979</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898716979</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Introduction to the Mathematics of Subdivision Surfaces</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898716979</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Andersson, Lars-Erik</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, Neil F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is an introduction to the mathematical theory which underlies subdivision surfaces, as it is used in computer graphics and animation. Subdivision surfaces enable a designer to specify the approximate form of a surface that defines an object and then to refine it to get a more useful or attractive version. A considerable amount of mathematical theory is needed to understand the characteristics of the resulting surfaces, and this book explains the material carefully and rigorously. The text is highly accessible, organising subdivision methods in a unique and unambiguous hierarchy which builds insight and understanding. The material is not restricted to questions related to regularity of subdivision surfaces at so-called extraordinary points, but gives a broad discussion of the various methods. It is therefore an excellent preparation for more advanced texts that delve more deeply into special questions of regularity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/16979/cover/9780898716979.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521691850</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521691857</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521691857</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cognitive Neurorehabilitation</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Evidence and Application</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521691857</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stuss, Donald T.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Winocur, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Ian H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Now available in paperback, this updated new edition summarizes the latest developments in cognitive neuroscience related to rehabilitation, reviews the principles of successful interventions and synthesizes new findings about the rehabilitation of cognitive changes in a variety of populations. With greatly expanded sections on treatment and the role of imaging, it provides a comprehensive reference for those interested in the science, as well as including the most up-to-date information for the practising clinician. It provides clear and practical guidance on why cognitive rehabilitation may or may not work. How to use imaging methods to evaluate the efficacy of interventions. What personal and external factors impact rehabilitation success. How biological and psychopharmacological changes can be understood and treated. How to treat different disorders of language and memory, and where the field is going in research and clinical application.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/91857/cover/9780521691857.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521517788</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517782</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517782</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Fertility Cryopreservation</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517782</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Chian, Ri-Cheng</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Protecting the reproductive potential of young patients undergoing cancer therapy is increasingly important. With modern treatment protocols, 80% of patients can be expected to survive. It has been estimated that up to one in 250 young adults will be a survivor of childhood cancer in the future; infertility, however, may be a consequence. As a wide range of fertility preservation methods are increasingly offered by clinicians, this systematic and comprehensive textbook dealing with the cryobiology, technology and clinical approach to this therapy will be essential reading to infertility specialists, embryologists, oncologists, cryobiologists, ObGyns, andrologists, and urologists with an interest in fertility preservation. Fertility Cryopreservation reviews all the techniques of this increasingly important field within reproductive medicine. It covers the basic principles of pertinent cryobiology, and contains major sections on the different therapies available, written by international specialists combining experience from both academic centers and commercial industries.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17782/cover/9780521517782.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521125200</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521125208</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521125208</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Independent and Supplementary Prescribing</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Essential Guide</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521125208</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Courtenay, Molly</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Griffiths, Matt</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MQP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The second edition of Independent and Supplementary Prescribing builds on the success of this classic text by providing a unique resource for prescribing and medicines management for both new and experienced prescribers. This is an essential resource for anyone undertaking the non-medical prescribing programme. The book explores a number of key areas for prescribers, including the ethical and legal issues surrounding prescribing, prescribing within a public health context, evidence-based prescribing, basic pharmacology, medication safety, monitoring skills and drug calculations. Each chapter has been updated for the second edition and an additional chapter ‘Minimising the risk of prescribing error' has been added. Written by a group of multi-professional authors working at all stages of the medication management process, this book will be essential reading for all nurses, midwives, pharmacists and allied health professionals qualified to prescribe as independent and/or supplementary prescribers.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/25208/cover/9780521125208.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521874092</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521874090</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521874090</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Modern Soft Tissue Pathology</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Tumors and Non-Neoplastic Conditions</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521874090</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Miettinen, Markku</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1116</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book comprehensively covers modern soft tissue pathology and includes both tumors and non-neoplastic entities. Soft tissues make up a large bulk of the human body, and they are susceptible to a wide range of diseases. Many soft-tissue tumors are biologically very aggressive, and the chance of them metastasizing to vital organs is quite high. In recent years, the outlook for soft-tissue cancers has brightened dramatically due to the increased accuracy of the pathologist’s tools. All methods of diagnosis are covered here, with an emphasis on the newest immunoassays and other genetic, molecular, and immunologic diagnostic modalities. This book’s systematic description of benign and malignant primary soft tissue tumors with didactic, comprehensive panels of illustrations allows the reader to formulate a complete understanding of the morphology of tumor entities at one glance. The book covers both the most common tumor entities and more unusual diseases using more than 1,500 color images, making it a resource for beginning and senior pathologists.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/74090/cover/9780521874090.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>630.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760585</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760584</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760584</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Next Generation Antidepressants</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Moving Beyond Monoamines to Discover Novel Treatment Strategies for Mood Disorders</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760584</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Beyer, Chad E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stahl, Stephen M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The World Health Organization defines depression as a primary contributor to the global burden of disease and predicts it will become the second leading cause of death by 2020. The need to develop effective therapies has never been so pressing. Current antidepressant drugs have several limitations. This book looks at the future of mood-disorder research, covering the identification of new therapeutic targets, establishing new preclinical models, new medicinal chemistry opportunities, and fostering greater understanding of genetic influences. These strategies are likely to help build a better picture of the disease process, and lead to new opportunities for patient stratification and treatment. The ultimate goal for this strand of research is to develop more personalized and effective treatments for this chronic and debilitating condition. This is essential reading for all those involved in psychopharmacologic drug development, and mental health clinicians seeking a preview of discoveries soon to influence their practice.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60584/cover/9780521760584.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521735904</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521735902</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521735902</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Practical Guide to Basic Laboratory Andrology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521735902</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Björndahl, Lars</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mortimer, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Barratt, Christopher L. R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Castilla, Jose Antonio</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Menkveld, Roelof</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kvist, Ulrik</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Alvarez, Juan G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>8</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Haugen, Trine B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This practical, extensively illustrated handbook covers the procedures that are undertaken in andrology and ART laboratories to analyse and assess male-factor infertility, and to prepare spermatozoa for use in assisted conception therapy. The content is presented as brief, authoritative overviews of the relevant biological background for each area, plus detailed, step-by-step descriptions of the relevant analytical procedures. Each technical section includes pertinent quality control considerations, as well as the optimum presentation of results. In addition to the comprehensive ‘basic’ semen analysis, incorporating careful analysis of sperm morphology, the handbook provides established techniques for the use of computer-aided sperm analysis and sperm functional assessment. Throughout the handbook the interpretation of laboratory results in the clinical context is highlighted, and safe laboratory practice is emphasized. It is an invaluable resource to all scientists and technicians who perform diagnostic testing for male-factor infertility.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/35902/cover/9780521735902.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521139481</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139489</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139489</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>SBAs for the Final FRCA</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521139489</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nickells, James</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Everett, Tobias</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walton, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is the first book dedicated to providing exam practice in the new required single best answer question style for the FRCA. It contains 300 single best answer multiple choice questions and advice on how to approach revision and sitting the exam. There are also four 75-question exam papers, each with an answer section containing detailed explanations of the reasoning behind the answer and providing background information about each topic. SBAs for the Final FRCA may be used for examination practice and as a source of knowledge on many of the key topics in the syllabus. From the writing team behind SAQs for the Final FRCA, this book uses a similar style of challenging questions and well researched explanations to help the candidate through the new FRCA written paper. This is an invaluable tool for your exam preparation.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/39489/cover/9780521139489.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521142296</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142298</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142298</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Brain and Behavior</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction to Behavioral Neuroanatomy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521142298</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Clark, David L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Boutros, Nash N.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mendez, Mario F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Now in its third edition, The Brain and Behavior continues on its mission to present a simplified and accessible introduction to behavioral neuroanatomy. Human behavior is a direct reflection of the anatomy of the central nervous system, and it is the goal of the behavioral neuroscientist to uncover its neuroanatomical basis. Much of the new content in this edition reflects advances in functional magnetic resonance imaging. The text is presented in a highly structured and organized format to help the reader distinguish between issues of anatomical, behavioral and physiological relevance. Simplified and clear diagrams are provided throughout the chapters to illustrate key points. Case examples are explored to set the neuroanatomy in the context of clinical experience. This will be essential reading for behavioral clinicians including psychiatrists, neuropsychiatrists, neurologists, psychologists and clinical neuroscientists.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/42298/cover/9780521142298.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052119511X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Intellectual Foundations of Chinese Modernity</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Cultural and Political Thought in the Republican Era</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195119</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fung, Edmund S.K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In the early twentieth century, China was on the brink of change. Different ideologies - those of radicalism, conservatism, liberalism, and social democracy - were much debated in political and intellectual circles. Whereas previous works have analyzed these trends in isolation, Edmund S. K. Fung shows how they related to one another and how intellectuals in China engaged according to their cultural and political persuasions. The author argues that it is this interrelatedness and interplay between different schools of thought that are central to the understanding of Chinese modernity, for many of the debates that began in the Republican era still resonate in China today. The book charts the development of these ideologies and explores the work and influence of the intellectuals who were associated with them. In its challenge to previous scholarship and the breadth of its approach, the book makes a major contribution to the study of Chinese political philosophy and intellectual history.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95119/cover/9780521195119.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100322</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197791</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197793</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197793</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A History of the Khipu</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197793</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Brokaw, Galen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book begins by proposing a theoretical model that reconciles orality-literacy studies and media theory in order to avoid the specious dichotomization of societies into those with and those without writing. The more relevant issue is the way in which a given society distributes semiotic functions among the various media that it employs and the forms of economic and political integration within which such media function. This theoretical model then informs a history of the Andean khipu from pre-Columbian times through the first 120 years of the colonial period. The first half of the book examines early Andean media and their socioeconomic and political contexts, culminating with the emergence of Wari and subsequently Inca khipu. The second half of the book documents and analyzes the continued use of khipu by indigenous individuals and communities in their interactions with Spanish officials, chroniclers, and priests. The study corrects many common misconceptions, such as the alleged mass destruction of khipu in the late sixteenth century. Even more importantly, it highlights the dialogue that occurred in the colonial period between the administrative and historiographic discourses of alphabetic Spanish and those of native Andean khipu genres.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97793/cover/9780521197793.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100315</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521762448</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762441</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762441</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Environmental Histories of the Cold War</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521762441</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McNeill, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Unger, Corinna R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLW3</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Environmental Histories of the Cold War explores the links between the Cold War and the global environment, ranging from the environmental impacts of nuclear weapons to the political repercussions of environmentalism. Environmental change accelerated sharply during the Cold War years, and so did environmentalism as both a popular movement and a scientific preoccupation. Most Cold War history entirely overlooks this rise of environmentalism and the crescendo of environmental change. These historical subjects were not only simultaneous but also linked together in ways both straightforward and surprising. The contributors to this book present these connected issues as a global phenomenon, with chapters concerning China, the USSR, Europe, North America, Oceania, and elsewhere. The role of experts as agents and advocates of using the environment as a weapon in the Cold War or, contrastingly, of preventing environmental damage resulting from Cold War politics is also given broad attention.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/62441/cover/9780521762441.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521199026</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199025</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199025</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>War and Memory in Lebanon</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521199025</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Haugbolle, Sune</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>From 1975 to 1990, Lebanon endured one of the most protracted and bloody civil wars of the twentieth century. Sune Haugbolle’s timely and often poignant book chronicles the battle over ideas that emerged from the wreckage of that war. While the Lebanese state encouraged forgetfulness and political parties created sectarian interpretations of the war through cults of dead leaders, intellectuals and activists - inspired by the example of truth and reconciliation movements in different parts of the world - advanced the idea that confronting and remembering the war was necessary for political and cultural renewal. Through an analysis of different cultural productions - media, art, literature, film, posters, and architecture - the author shows how the recollection and reconstruction of political and sectarian violence that took place during the war have helped in Lebanon’s healing process. He also shows how a willingness to confront the past influenced the popular uprising in Lebanon after the assassination of Prime Minister Rafiq Hariri.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/99025/cover/9780521199025.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100315</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521515831</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515832</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515832</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Women and Slavery in the Late Ottoman Empire</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Design of Difference</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515832</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Zilfi, Madeline</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Madeline C. Zilfi’s latest book examines gender politics through slavery and social regulation in the Ottoman Empire. In a challenge to prevailing notions, her research shows that throughout the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries female slavery was not only central to Ottoman practice, but a critical component of imperial governance and elite social reproduction. As Zilfi illustrates through her graphic accounts of the humiliations and sufferings endured by these women at the hands of their owners, Ottoman slavery was often as cruel as its Western counterpart. The book focuses on the experience of slavery in the Ottoman capital of Istanbul, also using comparative data from Egypt and North Africa to illustrate the regional diversity and local dynamics that were the hallmarks of slavery in the Middle East during the early modern era. This is an articulate and informed account that sets more general debates on women and slavery in the Ottoman context.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15832/cover/9780521515832.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100322</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521519233</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519236</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519236</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Death of Nietzsche's Zarathustra</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519236</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Loeb, Paul S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this study of Nietzsche's Thus Spoke Zarathustra, Paul S. Loeb proposes a new account of the relation between the book's literary and philosophical aspects and argues that the book's narrative is designed to embody and exhibit the truth of eternal recurrence. Loeb shows how Nietzsche constructed a unified and complete plot in which the protagonist dies, experiences a deathbed revelation of his endlessly repeating life, and then returns to his identical life so as to recollect this revelation and gain a power over time that advances him beyond the human. Through close textual analysis and careful attention to Nietzsche’s use of Platonic, Biblical, and Wagnerian themes, Loeb explains how this novel design is the key to solving the many riddles of Thus Spoke Zarathustra - including its controversial fourth part, its obscure concept of the Übermensch, and its relation to Nietzsche’s Genealogy of Morals.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19236/cover/9780521519236.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100415</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521886139</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521886130</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521886130</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Wittgenstein's 'Philosophical Investigations'</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Critical Guide</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521886130</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ahmed, Arif</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Published in 1953, Wittgenstein’s Philosophical Investigations had a deeply unsettling effect upon our most basic philosophical ideas concerning thought, sensation, and language. Its claim that philosophical questions of meaning necessitate a close analysis of the way we use language continues to influence Anglo-American philosophy today. However, its compressed and dialogic prose is not always easy to follow. This collection of essays deepens but also challenges our understanding of the work’s major themes, such as the connection between meaning and use, the nature of concepts, thought and intentionality, and language games. Bringing together leading philosophers and Wittgenstein scholars, it offers a genuinely critical approach, developing new perspectives and demonstrating Wittgenstein’s relevance for contemporary philosophy. This volume will appeal to readers interested in the later Wittgenstein, in addition to those interested in the philosophy of language, the philosophy of mind, metaphysics and epistemology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/86130/cover/9780521886130.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052154792X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521547925</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521547925</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Greek and Roman Aesthetics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547925</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bychkov, Oleg V.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sheppard, Anne</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This anthology of philosophical texts by Greek and Roman authors brings together works from the late fifth century BC to the sixth century AD that comment on major aesthetic issues such as the perception of beauty and harmony in music and the visual arts, structure and style in literature, and aesthetic judgement. It includes important texts by Plato and Aristotle on the status and the role of the arts in society and in education, and Longinus' reflections on the sublime in literature, in addition to less well-known writings by Philodemus, Cicero, Seneca, Plotinus, Augustine and Proclus. Most of the texts have been newly translated for this volume, and some are available in English for the first time. A detailed introduction traces the development of classical aesthetics from its roots in Platonism and Aristotelianism to its ultimate form in late Antiquity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47925/cover/9780521547925.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521152275</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521152273</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521152273</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Reading Sartre</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521152273</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Catalano, Joseph S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this volume, Joseph Catalano offers an in-depth exploration of Jean-Paul Sartre’s four major philosophical writings: Being and Nothingness, Saint Genet: Actor and Martyr, The Critique of Dialectical Reason, and The Family Idiot. These works have been immensely influential, but they are long and difficult and thus challenging for both students and scholars. Catalano here demonstrates the interrelation of these four works, their internal logic, and how they provide insights into important but overlooked aspects of Sartre’s thought, such as the body, childhood, and evil. The book begins with Sartre’s final work, The Family Idiot, and systematically works backward to Being and Nothingness. Catalano then repeats the study by advancing chronologically, beginning with Being and Nothingness and ending with The Family Idiot and an afterword on Flaubert’s Madame Bovary. Readers will appreciate Catalano’s subtle readings as well as the new insights that he brings to Sartre’s oeuvre.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/52273/cover/9780521152273.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100616</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521769752</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769754</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769754</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Condensed Matter Field Theory</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521769754</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Altland, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Simons, Ben D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>786</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Modern experimental developments in condensed matter and ultracold atom physics present formidable challenges to theorists. This book provides a pedagogical introduction to quantum field theory in many-particle physics, emphasizing the applicability of the formalism to concrete problems. This second edition contains two new chapters developing path integral approaches to classical and quantum nonequilibrium phenomena. Other chapters cover a range of topics, from the introduction of many-body techniques and functional integration, to renormalization group methods, the theory of response functions, and topology. Conceptual aspects and formal methodology are emphasized, but the discussion focuses on practical experimental applications drawn largely from condensed matter physics and neighboring fields. Extended and challenging problems with fully worked solutions provide a bridge between formal manipulations and research-oriented thinking. Aimed at elevating graduate students to a level where they can engage in independent research, this book complements graduate level courses on many-particle theory.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/69754/cover/9780521769754.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100311</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521896037</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896030</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896030</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Group Theory</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Physicist's Survey</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521896030</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ramond, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TBJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Group theory has long been an important computational tool for physicists, but, with the advent of the Standard Model, it has become a powerful conceptual tool as well. This book introduces physicists to many of the fascinating mathematical aspects of group theory, and mathematicians to its physics applications. Designed for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, this book gives a comprehensive overview of the main aspects of both finite and continuous group theory, with an emphasis on applications to fundamental physics. Finite groups are extensively discussed, highlighting their irreducible representations and invariants. Lie algebras, and to a lesser extent Kac-Moody algebras, are treated in detail, including Dynkin diagrams. Special emphasis is given to their representations and embeddings. The group theory underlying the Standard Model is discussed, along with its importance in model building. Applications of group theory to the classification of elementary particles are treated in detail.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/96030/cover/9780521896030.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521519144</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519144</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519144</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Introduction to Optical Quantum Information Processing</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519144</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kok, Pieter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lovett, Brendon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Quantum information processing offers fundamental improvements over classical information processing, such as computing power, secure communication, and high-precision measurements. However, the best way to create practical devices is not yet known. This textbook describes the techniques that are likely to be used in implementing optical quantum information processors. After developing the fundamental concepts in quantum optics and quantum information theory, the book shows how optical systems can be used to build quantum computers according to the most recent ideas. It discusses implementations based on single photons and linear optics, optically controlled atoms and solid-state systems, atomic ensembles, and optical continuous variables. This book is ideal for graduate students beginning research in optical quantum information processing. It presents the most important techniques of the field using worked examples and over 120 exercises.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19144/cover/9780521519144.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763754</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763752</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763752</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Introduction to Nanophotonics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763752</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gaponenko, Sergey V.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Nanophotonics is where photonics merges with nanoscience and nanotechnology, and where spatial confinement considerably modifies light propagation and light-matter interaction. Describing the basic phenomena, principles, experimental advances and potential impact of nanophotonics, this graduate-level textbook is ideal for students in physics, optical and electronic engineering and materials science. The textbook highlights practical issues, material properties and device feasibility, and includes the basic optical properties of metals, semiconductors and dielectrics. Mathematics is kept to a minimum and theoretical issues are reduced to a conceptual level. Each chapter ends in problems so readers can monitor their understanding of the material presented. The introductory quantum theory of solids and size effects in semiconductors are considered to give a parallel discussion of wave optics and wave mechanics of nanostructures. The physical and historical interplay of wave optics and quantum mechanics is traced. Nanoplasmonics, an essential part of modern photonics, is also included.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63752/cover/9780521763752.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521882737</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882736</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882736</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Networks in Cell Biology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521882736</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Mark</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Caldarelli, Guido</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>De Los Rios, Paolo</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rao, Francesco</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vendruscolo, Michele</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHVN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The science of complex biological networks is transforming research in areas ranging from evolutionary biology to medicine. This is the first book on the subject, providing a comprehensive introduction to complex network science and its biological applications. With contributions from key leaders in both network theory and modern cell biology, this book discusses the network science that is increasingly foundational for systems biology and the quantitative understanding of living systems. It surveys studies in the quantitative structure and dynamics of genetic regulatory networks, molecular networks underlying cellular metabolism, and other fundamental biological processes. The book balances empirical studies and theory to give a unified overview of this interdisciplinary science. It is a key introductory text for graduate students and researchers in physics, biology and biochemistry, and presents ideas and techniques from fields outside the reader's own area of specialization.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/82736/cover/9780521882736.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521744377</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521744379</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521744379</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cosmopolitan Regard</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Political Membership and Global Justice</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521744379</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vernon, Richard</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Cosmopolitan theory suggests that we should shift our moral attention from the local to the global. Richard Vernon argues, however, that if we adopt cosmopolitan beliefs about justice we must re-examine our beliefs about political obligation. Far from undermining the demands of citizenship, cosmopolitanism implies more demanding political obligations than theories of the state have traditionally recognized. Using examples including humanitarian intervention, international criminal law, and international political economy, Vernon suggests we have a responsibility not to enhance risks facing other societies and to assist them when their own risk-taking has failed. The central arguments in Cosmopolitan Regard are that what we owe to other societies rests on the same basis as what we owe to our own, and that a theory of cosmopolitanism must connect the responsibilities of citizens beyond their own borders with their obligations to one another.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/44379/cover/9780521744379.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521767083</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767088</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767088</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Immigration Battle in American Courts</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521767088</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Law, Anna</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book assesses the role of the federal judiciary in immigration and the institutional evolution of the Supreme Court and the US Courts of Appeals. Neither court has played a static role across time. By the turn of the century, a division of labor had developed between the two courts whereby the Courts of Appeals retained their original function as error-correction courts, while the Supreme Court was reserved for the most important policy and political questions. Law explores the consequences of this division for immigrant litigants, who are more likely to prevail in the Courts of Appeals because of advantageous institutional incentives that increase the likelihood of a favorable outcome. As this book proves, it is inaccurate to speak of an undifferentiated institution called ‘the federal courts’ or ‘the courts’, for such characterizations elide important differences in mission and function of the two highest courts in the federal judicial hierarchy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/67088/cover/9780521767088.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521148510</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148511</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148511</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Local Politics and the Dynamics of Property in Africa</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521148511</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lund, Christian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Access to land and property is vital to people’s livelihoods in rural, peri-urban, and urban areas in Africa. People exert tremendous energy to have land claims recognized as rights with a variety of political, administrative, and legal institutions. This book provides a detailed analysis of how public authority and the state are formed through debates and struggles over property in the Upper East Region of Ghana. While scarcity may indeed promote exclusivity, the evidence from this book shows that when there are many institutions competing for the right to authorize claims to land, the result of an effort to unify and clarify the law is to intensify competition among them and weaken their legitimacy. The book explores how state divestiture of land in 1979 encouraged competition between customary authorities and how the institution of the earthpriest was revived. Such processes are key to understanding property and authority in Africa.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/48511/cover/9780521148511.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100329</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760607</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760607</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760607</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Making the Political</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Founding and Action in the Political Theory of Zhang Shizhao</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760607</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Jenco, Leigh K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Democratic political theory often sees collective action as the basis for non-coercive social change, assuming that its terms and practices are always self-evident and accessible. But what if we find ourselves in situations where collective action is not immediately available, or even widely intelligible? This book examines one of the most intellectually substantive and influential Chinese thinkers of the early twentieth century, Zhang Shizhao (1881–1973), who insisted that it is individuals who must ‘make the political' before social movements or self-aware political communities have materialized. Zhang draws from British liberalism, democratic theory, and late-Imperial Confucianism to formulate new roles for effective individual action on personal, social, and institutional registers. In the process, he offers a vision of community that turns not on spontaneous consent or convergence on a shared goal, but on ongoing acts of exemplariness that inaugurate new, unpredictable contexts for effective personal action.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60607/cover/9780521760607.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521761808</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761802</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761802</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Paths to Development in Asia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>South Korea, Vietnam, China, and Indonesia</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521761802</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vu, Tuong</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Why have some states in the developing world been more successful at facilitating industrialization than others? Challenging theories that privilege industrial policy and colonial legacies, this book focuses on state structure and the politics of state formation, arguing that a cohesive state structure is as important to developmental success as effective industrial policy. Based on a comparison of six Asian cases, including both capitalist and socialist states with varying structural cohesion, Tuong Vu proves that it is state formation politics rather than colonial legacies that have had decisive and lasting impacts on the structures of emerging states. His cross-national comparison of South Korea, Vietnam, Republican and Maoist China, and Sukarno’s and Suharto’s Indonesia, which is augmented by in-depth analyses of state formation processes in Vietnam and Indonesia, is an important contribution to understanding the dynamics of state formation and economic development in Asia.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/61802/cover/9780521761802.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100322</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521765382</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765381</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521765381</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Rousseau, Law and the Sovereignty of the People</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521765381</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Putterman, Ethan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Together with Plato’s Republic, Jean-Jacques Rousseau’s Social Contract is regarded as one of the most original examples of utopian political engineering in the history of ideas. Similar to the Republic, Rousseau’s masterwork is better known today for its author’s idiosyncratic view of political justice than its lessons on lawmaking or governance in any concrete sense. Challenging this common view, Rousseau, Law and the Sovereignty of the People examines the Genevan’s contributions as a legislator and builder of institutions, relating his major ideas to issues and debates in twenty-first century political science. Ethan Putterman explores how Rousseau’s just state would actually operate, investigating how laws would be drafted, ratified and executed, arguing that the theory of the Social Contract is more pragmatic and populist than many scholars assume today.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/65381/cover/9780521765381.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521515467</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515467</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515467</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Wealth, Health, and Democracy in East Asia and Latin America</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515467</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McGuire, James W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Why do some societies fare well, and others poorly, at reducing the risk of early death? Wealth, Health, and Democracy in East Asia and Latin America finds that the public provision of basic health care and other inexpensive social services has reduced mortality rapidly even in tough economic circumstances, and that political democracy has contributed to the provision and utilization of such social services, in a wider range of ways than is sometimes recognized. These conclusions are based on case studies of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Indonesia, South Korea, Taiwan, and Thailand, as well as on cross-national comparisons involving these cases and others.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15467/cover/9780521515467.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100315</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521691842</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521691840</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521691840</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Boundaries of Obligation in American Politics</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Geographic, National, and Racial Communities</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521691840</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wong, Cara J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book shows how ordinary Americans imagine their communities and the extent to which their communities’ boundaries determine who they believe should benefit from the government’s resources via redistributive policies. By contributing extensive empirical analyses to a largely theoretical discussion, it highlights the subjective nature of communities while confronting the elusive task of pinning down ‘pictures in people’s heads’. A deeper understanding of people’s definitions of their communities and how they affect feelings of duties and obligations provides a new lens through which to look at diverse societies and the potential for both civic solidarity and humanitarian aid. This book analyzes three different types of communities and more than eight national surveys. Wong finds that the decision to help only those within certain borders and ignore the needs of those outside rests, to a certain extent, on whether and how people translate their sense of community into obligations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/91840/cover/9780521691840.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100308</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521130670</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130677</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130677</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Deadlocks in Multilateral Negotiations</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Causes and Solutions</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521130677</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Narlikar, Amrita</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Deadlocks are a feature of everyday life, as well as high politics. This volume focuses on the concept, causes, and consequences of deadlocks in multilateral settings, and analyses the types of strategies that could be used to break them. It commences with a definition of deadlock, hypothesises about its occurrence, and proposes solutions. Each chapter then makes an original contribution to the issue of deadlock – theoretical, methodological, or empirical – and further tests the original concepts and hypotheses, either theoretically or through case-study analysis, developing or altering them accordingly. This is a unique volume which provides an in-depth examination of the problem of deadlock and a more thorough understanding of specific negotiation problems than has ever been done before. It will be directly relevant to students, researchers, teachers, and scholars of negotiation and will also be of interest to practitioners involved in negotiation and diplomacy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/30677/cover/9780521130677.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100506</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521736358</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736350</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736350</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Decentralization and Subnational Politics in Latin America</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521736350</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Falleti, Tulia G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Is it always true that decentralization reforms put more power in the hands of governors and mayors? In post-developmental Latin America, the surprising answer to this question is no. In fact, a variety of outcomes are possible, depending largely on who initiates the reforms, how they are initiated, and in what order they are introduced. Tulia G. Falleti draws on extensive fieldwork, in-depth interviews, archival records, and quantitative data to explain the trajectories of decentralization processes and their markedly different outcomes in Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, and Mexico. In her analysis, she develops a sequential theory and method that are successful in explaining this counterintuitive result. Her research contributes to the literature on path dependence and institutional evolution and will be of interest to scholars of decentralization, federalism, subnational politics, intergovernmental relations, and Latin American politics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/36350/cover/9780521736350.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521121817</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521121811</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521121811</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Realist Constructivism</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Rethinking International Relations Theory</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521121811</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Barkin, J. Samuel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Realism and constructivism, two key contemporary theoretical approaches to the study of international relations, are commonly taught as mutually exclusive ways of understanding the subject. Realist Constructivism explores the common ground between the two, and demonstrates that, rather than being in simple opposition, they have areas of both tension and overlap. There is indeed space to engage in a realist constructivism. But at the same time, there are important distinctions between them, and there remains a need for a constructivism that is not realist, and a realism that is not constructivist. Samuel Barkin argues more broadly for a different way of thinking about theories of international relations, that focuses on the corresponding elements within various approaches rather than on a small set of mutually exclusive paradigms. Realist Constructivism provides an interesting new way for scholars and students to think about international relations theory.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/21811/cover/9780521121811.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052189753X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897532</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897532</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Thinking the Unconscious</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Nineteenth-Century German Thought</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521897532</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, Angus</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Liebscher, Martin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Since Freud’s earliest psychoanalytic theorization around the beginning of the twentieth century, the concept of the unconscious has exerted an enormous influence upon psychoanalysis and psychology, and literary, critical and social theory. Yet, prior to Freud, the concept of the unconscious already possessed a complex genealogy in nineteenth-century German philosophy and literature, beginning with the aftermath of Kant’s critical philosophy and the origins of German idealism, and extending into the discourses of romanticism and beyond. Despite the many key thinkers who contributed to the Germanic discourses on the unconscious, the English-speaking world remains comparatively unaware of this heritage and its influence upon the origins of psychoanalysis. Bringing together a collection of experts in the fields of German Studies, Continental Philosophy, the History and Philosophy of Science, and the History of Psychoanalysis, this volume examines the various theorizations, representations, and transformations undergone by the concept of the unconscious in nineteenth-century German thought.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/97532/cover/9780521897532.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521677580</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521677585</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521677585</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cognitive Load Theory</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521677585</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Plass, Jan L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Moreno, Roxana</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Brünken, Roland</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Cognitive load theory (CLT) is one of the most important theories in educational psychology, a highly effective guide for the design of multimedia and other learning materials. This edited volume brings together the most prolific researchers from around the world who study various aspects of cognitive load to discuss its current theoretical as well as practical issues. The book is divided into three parts. The first part describes the theoretical foundations and assumptions of CLT, the second discusses the empirical findings about the application of CLT to the design of learning environments, and the third part concludes the book with discussions and suggestions for new directions for future research. It aims to become the standard handbook in CLT for researchers and graduate students in psychology, education, and educational technology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/77585/cover/9780521677585.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521715202</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521715201</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521715201</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Nurturing Creativity in the Classroom</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521715201</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Beghetto, Ronald A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kaufman, James C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Nurturing Creativity in the Classroom is a groundbreaking collection of essays by leading scholars, who examine and respond to the tension that many educators face in valuing student creativity but believing that they cannot support it given the curricular constraints of the classroom. Is it possible for teachers to nurture creative development and expression without drifting into curricular chaos? Do curricular constraints necessarily lead to choosing conformity over creativity? This book combines the perspectives of top educators and psychologists to generate practical advice for considering and addressing the challenges of supporting creativity within the classroom. It is unique in its balance of practical recommendations for nurturing creativity and thoughtful appreciation of curricular constraints. This approach helps ensure that the insights and advice found in this collection will take root in educators’ practice, rather than being construed as yet another demand placed on their overflowing plate of responsibilities.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/15201/cover/9780521715201.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521122449</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521122443</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521122443</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Psychoanalysis in a New Light</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521122443</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Karlsson, Gunnar</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What kind of a science is psychoanalysis? What constitutes its domain? What truth claims does it maintain? In this unique and scholarly work concerning the nature of psychoanalysis, Gunnar Karlsson guides his arguments through phenomenological thinking which, he claims, can be seen as an alternative to the recent attempts to cite neuropsychoanalysis as the answer to the crisis of psychoanalysis. Karlsson criticizes this effort to ground psychoanalysis in biology and neurology and emphasizes instead the importance of defining the psychoanalytic domain from the vantage point of the character of consciousness. His understanding of the unconscious, the libido and the death drive offer new insights into the nature of psychoanalysis, and he also illuminates and develops neglected dimensions such as consciousness and self-consciousness. Karlsson's approach to psychoanalysis is rigorous yet original, and this book fills an intellectual gap with implications for both the theoretical understanding and clinical issues of psychoanalysis.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/22443/cover/9780521122443.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521736277</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736275</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521736275</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Semiotics of Programming</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521736275</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Tanaka-Ishii, Kumiko</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Tanaka-Ishii presents a semiotic analysis of computer programs along three axes: models of signs, kinds of signs, and systems of signs. Because computer programs are well defined and rigid, applying semiotic theories to them will help to reorganise the semiotic theories themselves. Semiotic discussion of programming theory can provide possible explanations for why programming has developed as it has and how computation is fundamentally related to human semiosis. This book considers the question of what computers can and cannot do, by analysing how computer sign systems compare to those of humans. A key concept throughout is reflexivity – the capability of a system or function to reinterpret what it has produced by itself. Sign systems are reflexive by nature, and humans know how to take advantage of this characteristic but have not yet fully implemented it into computer systems. The limitations, therefore, of current computers can be ascribed to insufficient reflexivity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/36275/cover/9780521736275.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100322</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195578</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195577</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195577</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>REB Standard Text Edition RE532:T</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195577</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1054</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The REB updates The New English Bible, retaining the latter's elegant literary style, but removing its archaisms. The REB employs a modest amount of inclusive language (e.g. 'brothers and sisters' for 'brothers') and is good for public reading. Like the NEB before it, the REB is a British translation, sponsored by all the main Christian denominations.  This edition comprises the Old and New Testaments and is bound in imitation leather.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95577/cover/9780521195577.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521517400</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517409</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517409</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Apostle Paul in the Jewish Imagination</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Study in Modern Jewish-Christian Relations</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517409</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Langton, Daniel R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JFSR1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Apostle Paul in the Jewish Imagination is a pioneering multidisciplinary examination of Jewish perspectives on Paul of Tarsus. Here, the views of individual Jewish theologians, religious leaders, and biblical scholars of the last 150 years, together with artistic, literary, philosophical, and psychoanalytical approaches, are set alongside popular cultural attitudes. Few Jews, historically speaking, have engaged with the first-century Apostle to the Gentiles. The modern period has witnessed a burgeoning interest in this topic, however, with treatments reflecting profound concerns about the nature of Jewish authenticity and the developing intercourse between Jews and Christians. In exploring these issues, Jewish commentators have presented Paul in a number of apparently contradictory ways. The Apostle Paul in the Jewish Imagination represents an important contribution to Jewish cultural studies and to the study of Jewish-Christian relations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17409/cover/9780521517409.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100322</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521113490</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113496</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521113496</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Marriage Gifts and Social Change in Ancient Palestine</TitleText>
<Subtitle>1200 BCE to 200 CE</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113496</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lemos, T. M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCF2</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>T. M. Lemos traces changes in the marriage customs of ancient Palestine over the course of several hundred years. The most important of these changes was a shift in emphasis from bridewealth to dowry, the latter of which clearly predominated in the Hellenistic and Roman periods. Whereas previous scholarship has often attributed these shifts to the influence of foreign groups, Lemos connects them instead with a transformation that occurred in Palestine’s social structure during the very same period. In the early Iron Age, Israel was a kinship-based society with a subsistence economy, but as the centuries passed, it became increasingly complex and developed marked divisions between rich and poor. At the same time, the importance of its kinship groups waned greatly. Utilizing an interdisciplinary approach that draws heavily on anthropological research, cultural theory, archaeological evidence, and historical-critical methods, Lemos posits that shifts in marriage customs were directly related to these wider social changes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13496/cover/9780521113496.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521156300</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156301</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156301</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Religion and American Foreign Policy, 1945–1960</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Soul of Containment</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521156301</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Inboden, William</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Cold War was in many ways a religious war. Presidents Truman and Eisenhower and other American leaders believed that human rights and freedom were endowed by God, that God had called the United States to defend liberty, and that Soviet communism was evil because of its atheism and enmity to religion. Along with security and economic concerns, these religious convictions helped determine both how the United States defined the enemy and how it fought the conflict. Meanwhile, American Protestant churches failed to seize the moment. Internal differences over theology and politics, and resistance to cooperation with Catholics and Jews, hindered Protestant leaders domestically and internationally. Frustrated by these internecine disputes, Truman and Eisenhower attempted to construct a new civil religion to mobilize domestic support for Cold War measures, determine the strategic boundaries of containment, unite all religious faiths against communism, and to undermine the authority of communist governments abroad.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/56301/cover/9780521156301.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521886252</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521886253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521886253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Theology of Hugh of St. Victor</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Interpretation</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521886253</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Coolman, Boyd Taylor</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In the context of the early twelfth-century urbanization of Paris, Hugh of St. Victor developed a pioneering program of intellectual and moral practices focused on reforming the soul. Boyd Taylor Coolman identifies the signature theme of spiritual re-formation as the unifying motif to Hugh’s theology, and analyzes the symbolic and aesthetic dimensions of re-formation conceived as ‘soul-construction’, in the manner of Gothic cathedrals being built at the time. This study places Hugh of St. Victor within the context of the profound economic, political and cultural changes characteristic of the twelfth century. Drawing on the majority of Hugh’s writings, it reveals links between various aspects of his theology - exegesis and spirituality; theology and cultivation of virtue - and highlights the practical nature of his reforming program, aimed both at restoring the beauty of the soul and re-forming the human person into a dwelling place for the presence of God.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/86253/cover/9780521886253.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100415</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>
</ONIXMessage>
